| History log of /src/etc/rc.d |
| Revision | Date | Author | Comments |
| 1.1 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.6 | 19-Apr-2001 |
lukem | s/dependancy/dependency/. require NETWORK and SERVERS instead of network
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | sort lines. add nonlocalswap, securelevel
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jul-2000 |
lukem | reword description
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.2.2;
add rc.d/ipsec for ipsec configuration. when enabled, it will inject
/etc/ipsec.conf into "setkey -f". PR 9609.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.2;
* replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4:
- sort REQUIRE entries
- REQUIRE nonlocalswap, securelevel
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.1 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.1.2;
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Apr-2009 |
jym | file DISKS was added on branch jym-xensuspend on 2009-05-13 19:18:03 +0000
|
| 1.8 | 02-Mar-2022 |
gutteridge | LOGIN: fix typo in description
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Apr-2001 |
lukem | s/dependancy/dependency/. explicitly require DAEMON
|
| 1.5 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Remove references to gated, except the conflict check in rc.d/routed.
Noted by Launey Thomas <ljt@alum.mit.edu>.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | sort REQUIRE lines
|
| 1.3 | 20-Jul-2000 |
lukem | reword description
|
| 1.2 | 02-May-2000 |
augustss | branches: 1.2.4;
s/xntpd/ntpd/
|
| 1.1 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4:
sort `REQUIRE' entries
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.1 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.119 | 29-Dec-2024 |
jmmv | Don't install /etc/rc.d/postfix when MKPOSTFIX=no
|
| 1.118 | 27-Sep-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.118.2;
/etc/rc.d/cerctl_init: New script for certctl rehash in live images.
This is very limited -- it does not supplant postinstall to rehash
certificates on upgrade; it only runs certctl rehash if
/etc/openssl/certs is an empty directory, as you get in live images
not created with sysinst.
We could also have a more general-purpose way to run postinstall(8)
on first boot of an image, but that has a lot more moving parts to
think about, so let's start with this limited-scope low-risk
approach.
PR install/57629
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.117 | 03-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Add start script to attach iscsi volumes at boot.
The default is to execute the script (iscsid_volumes=YES), so if you have
any volumes defined, you should also start iscsid (iscsid=YES) to avoid
error messages.
|
| 1.116 | 06-Jun-2022 |
nia | branches: 1.116.2;
build system: Revert all the recent additions of MK[...] knobs that
allow conditionally disabling the building of certain user space
programs in the 'base' set.
There is not enough consensus that this is the right way and a few
people had strong objections, see source-changes-d@.
|
| 1.115 | 29-May-2022 |
nia | mk: Add a MKPPP flag to exclude pppd(8) and related utilities from
the build
|
| 1.114 | 28-May-2022 |
nia | mk: Add MKNTP, MKTCPDUMP knobs.
|
| 1.113 | 25-May-2022 |
nia | mk: Rename the MKMBONE option to MKMROUTING for greater accuracy and
to match the related kernel config option.
|
| 1.112 | 25-May-2022 |
nia | mk: Allow building base without the MBONE applications by setting
MKMBONE=no in mk.conf
|
| 1.111 | 26-Jan-2021 |
martin | llvmlockdir -> lvmlockdir
|
| 1.110 | 10-Jan-2021 |
riastradh | Various entropy integration improvements.
- New /etc/security check for entropy in daily security report.
- New /etc/rc.d/entropy script runs (after random_seed and rndctl) to
check for entropy at boot -- in rc.conf, you can:
. set `entropy=check' to halt multiuser boot and enter single-user
mode if not enough entropy
. set `entropy=wait' to make multiuser boot wait until enough entropy
Default is to always boot without waiting -- and rely on other
channels like security report to alert the operator if there's a
problem.
- New man page entropy(7) discussing the higher-level concepts and
system integration with cross-references.
- New paragraph in afterboot(8) about entropy citing entropy(7) for
more details.
This change addresses many of the issues discussed in security/55659.
This is a first draft; happy to take improvements to the man pages and
scripted messages to improve clarity.
I considered changing motd to include an entropy warning with a
reference to the entropy(7) man page, but it's a little trickier:
- Not sure it's appropriate for all users to see at login rather than
users who have power to affect the entropy estimate (maybe it is,
just haven't decided).
- We only have a mechanism for changing once at boot; the message would
remain until next boot even if an operator adds enough entropy.
- The mechanism isn't really conducive to making a message appear
conditionally from boot to boot.
|
| 1.109 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Sort - no functional change
|
| 1.108 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.107 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.106 | 18-Sep-2019 |
nonaka | Moved zfs out of MKX11 block.
Fix build failure without X11.
|
| 1.105 | 15-Sep-2019 |
brad | Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
|
| 1.104 | 12-May-2019 |
kre | branches: 1.104.2;
No change... Previous log message should have said:
Install rc.d/smtoff
|
| 1.103 | 12-May-2019 |
kre | install rc.d
|
| 1.102 | 25-Apr-2019 |
roy | Fix build, install wsmoused
|
| 1.101 | 25-Apr-2019 |
roy | Don't install YP rc.d files with MKYP=no
|
| 1.100 | 10-Apr-2019 |
sevan | Include npf_boot rc.d scripts which loads an interim config early in boot.
By default /etc/default/npf.boot.conf which can be overriden by /etc/npf.boot.conf.
|
| 1.99 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.98 | 29-Jun-2018 |
roy | Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
| 1.97 | 17-Feb-2018 |
uwe | branches: 1.97.2; 1.97.4;
Actually install dhcpd6 rc script. Organize CONFIGFILES
alphabetically again while where.
PR 53018
|
| 1.96 | 09-Jan-2018 |
christos | Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet
|
| 1.95 | 05-Jan-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.95.6;
add scripts for npfd
|
| 1.94 | 13-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.94.2;
Add ip6addrctl
|
| 1.93 | 30-Mar-2015 |
chopps | Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
|
| 1.92 | 21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill | Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
| 1.91 | 21-Feb-2015 |
joerg | Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
| 1.90 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Don't try and install rc.d/rtsold
|
| 1.89 | 16-May-2013 |
yamt | branches: 1.89.6;
try to sync lists of rc.d scripts
|
| 1.88 | 07-Feb-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.88.6;
Import the new apropos/whatis.
This code has been developed by Abhinav Upadhyay as part of Google's Summer
of Code 2011. It uses libmandoc to parse man pages and builds a Full
Text Index in a SQLite database. The combination of indexing the full
manual page, filtering out stop words and ranking individual matches
based on the section gives a much improved user experience.
The old makewhatis and friends are kept under MKMAKEMANDB=no for now.
|
| 1.87 | 17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui | Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
| 1.86 | 23-Nov-2011 |
tls | Load entropy at system boot (only works at securelevel < 1); save
at system shutdown. Disable with random_seed=NO in rc.conf if desired.
Goes to some trouble to never load or save to network filesystems.
Entropy should really be loaded by the boot loader but I am still
sorting out how to pass it to the kernel.
|
| 1.85 | 06-Sep-2011 |
riz | branches: 1.85.2;
Create and install an rc.d file for devpubd - a daemon to listen
on drvctl and autocreate device nodes in /dev for those which don't have any.
Set the default to "NO" for now.
|
| 1.84 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.83 | 18-Feb-2011 |
jmcneill | Add rc.d script to make sure the system fontconfig cache is up to date.
|
| 1.82 | 02-Feb-2011 |
rmind | NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.
|
| 1.81 | 13-Jan-2011 |
kefren | branches: 1.81.2;
add ldpd rc script
|
| 1.80 | 29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna | Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
| 1.79 | 25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer | Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
| 1.78 | 28-Apr-2009 |
roy | Add an rc.d script for dhcpcd(8)
|
| 1.77 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.76 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Add a small script to visualize the rc dependency graph and point to it.
|
| 1.75 | 16-Jan-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.75.2;
Add lvm rc.d script to build.
|
| 1.74 | 08-Jan-2009 |
lukem | attempt to make the NOTE a bit more prominent
|
| 1.73 | 04-Jan-2009 |
apb | * Add etc/rc.d/rndctl script, based on work by Brian A. Seklecki. This
allows you to invoke rndctl(8) during the boot.
* Add rndctl=NO and rndctl_flags="" to /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
* Document rndctl and rndctl_flags variables in rc.conf(5).
|
| 1.72 | 20-Dec-2008 |
isaki | x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
| 1.71 | 11-Dec-2008 |
mishka | Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
| 1.70 | 05-Dec-2008 |
cube | - Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.69 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.68 | 18-Jun-2008 |
yamt | branches: 1.68.2;
merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
| 1.67 | 15-Apr-2008 |
plunky | branches: 1.67.2; 1.67.4;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
| 1.66 | 14-Jul-2007 |
ad | branches: 1.66.8; 1.66.12;
fixsb has done its job.
|
| 1.65 | 01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme | Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
| 1.64 | 20-Feb-2007 |
briggs | Install sys/dev/bluetooth/btuart.h.
Descend into and build/install usr.sbin/btuartd.
Install etc/rc.d/btuartd.
|
| 1.63 | 04-Feb-2007 |
xtraeme | Install the perusertmp file.
|
| 1.62 | 07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo | PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.61 | 13-Aug-2006 |
plunky | rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.60 | 07-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | branches: 1.60.2;
Per lukem's request, revert previous change which skipped installation
of /etc/rc.d/ipfilter and family if MKIPFILTER=no. As lukem points
out, skipping installation of etc/rc.d/ scripts is not inconsistent
with other optional components, such as pf, x11, etc.
|
| 1.59 | 05-Aug-2006 |
dyoung | Only install ipfilter, ipfs, ipmon, and ipnat if MKIPFILTER=no.
|
| 1.58 | 26-Jul-2006 |
tron | Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
| 1.57 | 19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore | Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
| 1.56 | 30-May-2006 |
christos | Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
| 1.55 | 14-May-2006 |
simonb | In the rc.d file list, start a new line for each first letter of
the rc.d scripts. Indent by an extra tab to match indentation of
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall
|
| 1.54 | 30-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | add missing files
|
| 1.53 | 08-Feb-2006 |
agc | Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
| 1.52 | 23-Aug-2005 |
peter | pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.51 | 04-Aug-2005 |
peter | Add the new ftpd rc.d script.
|
| 1.50 | 17-Apr-2005 |
lukem | Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
| 1.49 | 30-Jun-2004 |
tron | branches: 1.49.2;
Install "pf" and "pflogd".
|
| 1.48 | 16-May-2004 |
lukem | Consistently use CONFIGFILES & CONFIGLINKS (which enable the 'configinstall'
target) instead of using home-grown 'distribution' targets or using
FILES with the 'install' target.
Add some etc/ subdir Makefiles where appropriate.
XXX: some of etc/Makefile install-etc-files could be converted to CONFIGFILES.
|
| 1.47 | 18-Apr-2004 |
dbj | enable rc.d fixsb script
initial testing suggests that it is working and I am confident it
will not cause irrevocable damage
|
| 1.46 | 01-Feb-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.46.2;
add identd
|
| 1.45 | 14-Jan-2004 |
jmmv | Add the veriexec rc.d script.
|
| 1.44 | 27-Dec-2003 |
martin | Add rtclocaltime.
|
| 1.43 | 26-Dec-2003 |
lukem | Revert part of previous; etc/rc.d/kdc must be installed even if Kerberos
isn't enabled.
This is how the rc.d system works in conjunction with our current build
and install system; all the rc.d scripts are installed even if the
subsystems they control are not.
|
| 1.42 | 11-Dec-2003 |
dyoung | Fix the checkflist for builds without Kerberos 4 (MKKERBEROS4=no)
and without Kerberos 4 & 5 (MKKERBEROS=no). Previously checkflist
complained of missing files.
* move kerberos- and kerberos 4-only files into new flists,
distrib/sets/lists/*/krb.*
* make the flist generators grok MKKERBEROS{,4} variables
* fix Makefiles which treat MKKERBEROS=no as MKKERBEROS5=no.
9 out of 10 experts agree that it is ludicrous to build w/
KERBEROS4 and w/o KERBEROS5.
* fix header files, also, which treat MKKERBEROS=no as MKKERBEROS5=no.
* omit some Kerberos-only subdirectories from the build as
MKKERBEROS{,4} indicate
(I acknowledge the sentiment that flists are the wrong way to go,
and that the makefiles should produce the metalog directly. That
sounds to me like the right way to go, but I am not prepared to do
revamp all the makefiles. While my approach is expedient, it fits
painlessly within the current build architecture until we are
delivered from flist purgatory, and it does not postpone our
delivery. Fair enough?)
|
| 1.41 | 18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej | Add an rc script for powerd(8).
|
| 1.40 | 24-Mar-2003 |
atatat | Tweak postinstall to check for (and help out on) the upgrade to
sendmail 8.12.8. Some of the same machinery (in shorter form) is in
the additions to rc.d/sendmail. Also, add a smmsp startup script for
the sendmail client queue runner.
|
| 1.39 | 16-Jan-2003 |
martti | Back out previous (as discussed with releng). The correct way to set this is:
# echo "myserver" > /var/yp/binding/`domainname`.ypservers
|
| 1.38 | 16-Jan-2003 |
martti | Script to bind a NIS client to a known server.
$ grep yp /etc/rc.conf
ypbind=YES
ypbind_flags="-ypset"
ypset=YES
ypset_flags="myserver"
|
| 1.37 | 10-Jan-2003 |
yamt | in comment, metion about src/distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi as well.
|
| 1.36 | 09-Jan-2003 |
christos | add staticroute
|
| 1.35 | 09-Oct-2002 |
elric | Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.
|
| 1.34 | 03-Sep-2002 |
abs | Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.33 | 27-Aug-2002 |
takemura | Added touch panel calibration utility.
|
| 1.32 | 30-Jul-2002 |
thorpej | Add a wdogctl startup/shutdown script.
|
| 1.31 | 03-Jul-2002 |
yamt | add comment:
"if you're adding new scripts, don't forget to update
src/etc/postinstall and src/etc/mtree/special."
|
| 1.30 | 29-Jun-2002 |
grant | add wsmoused.
|
| 1.29 | 02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill | Add mixerctl script.
|
| 1.28 | 24-Apr-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.28.2;
- in <bsd.files.mk>, don't clear FILES after using it, as that prevents
make -V FILES
from being useful (and given that every other variable can be
extracted using make -V, the behaviour was unusually inconsistent
given that the original reason for clearing it doesn't seem to be
relevant anymore)
- use <bsd.prog.mk> instead of directly including <bsd.files.mk>
(and possibly <bsd.man.mk> or <bsd.own.mk>)
- remove obsolete NOPROG
|
| 1.27 | 11-Feb-2002 |
lukem | don't forget to install ipfs...
|
| 1.26 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.25 | 12-Dec-2001 |
lukem | - set NOPROG before .include <bsd.own.mk>
- reformat FILES= lines for easier future additions
|
| 1.24 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Add rc.d support for ifwatchd (used to run ip-up/ip-down scripts for
in-kernel pppoe interfaces).
|
| 1.23 | 29-Oct-2001 |
augustss | Add moused, default off.
|
| 1.22 | 08-Sep-2001 |
martin | Add downinterfaces. Noticed by Thomas Klausner.
|
| 1.21 | 23-May-2001 |
fredette | sunndd has been renamed ndbootd.
|
| 1.20 | 21-May-2001 |
enami | Install the file sunndd.
|
| 1.19 | 05-Apr-2001 |
thorpej | Add a startup script for altqd(8).
|
| 1.18 | 05-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Don't install /etc/rc.d/gated any longer, since gated isn't in the
base system.
|
| 1.17 | 18-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | Startup script for racoon(8). Racoon provides "ike", and requires
"kdc" (since you might want to use IPsec on your Kerberos server,
and might be using GSSAPI to authenticate Phase 1) and "ppp" (since
racoon(8) needs to know about all of your network interfaces).
|
| 1.16 | 14-Jan-2001 |
minoura | Add /etc/rc.d/poffd, for x68k power management deamon.
|
| 1.15 | 07-Jan-2001 |
martin | Don't fiddle with any isdn interface if the isdnd variable is set to NO
in rc.conf.
Actually do install the isdnd script.
|
| 1.14 | 28-Sep-2000 |
thorpej | Always install sshd.
|
| 1.13 | 21-Sep-2000 |
ad | Provide the option of running newsyslog at boot time; mainly for laptop
people.
|
| 1.12 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | convert fsck.sh -> fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
|
| 1.11 | 10-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Need bsd.own.mk
|
| 1.10 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.9 | 31-Jul-2000 |
jwise | An sshd startup script for use with usr.bin/sshd. Installation is conditional
on ${SSHDIST}, as with usr.bin/ssh itself.
This script includes a `keygen' target for regenerating RSA and DSA host keys,
and invokes this if these keys are not present when sshd is started up.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.7 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.7.2;
add rc.d/ipsec for ipsec configuration. when enabled, it will inject
/etc/ipsec.conf into "setkey -f". PR 9609.
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | * Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.5 | 03-May-2000 |
joda | branches: 1.5.2;
xntpd -> ntpd
|
| 1.4 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Provide rc.d support for the Postfix mail system. Committed to the
base because there is no support for packages in rc.d, and Postfix
is supposed to become part of the base system anyhow.
|
| 1.3 | 16-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | nfsiod script is gone.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.7.2.5 | 07-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.27 (via patch, requested by seb):
Added ipfs to save state tables. Use -D for ipmon.
|
| 1.7.2.4 | 29-Sep-2000 |
thorpej | Always install the sshd script.
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following:
etc/rc.d/Makefile 1.12
etc/rc.d/fsck 1.1
etc/rc.d/fsck.sh REMOVE
replace fsck.sh with fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up revs 1.8-1.9
approved by: thorpej
- add NETWORK, sshd
- remove systemfs
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.28.2.2 | 30-Nov-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.34 (requested by abs in ticket #772):
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuilding out into
raidframeparity, which is called after quota, so we don't
end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever
after a crash/reboot.
While here, check for raid[0-9].conf and raid[1-9][0-9].conf
and not raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 11-Nov-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.32 (via patch, requested by thorpej in ticket #584):
Add a wdogctl startup/shutdown script.
|
| 1.46.2.1 | 27-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revision 1.47 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)
Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be
experienced by -current users from 2003.
|
| 1.49.2.2 | 02-Sep-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717):
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/pf.boot.conf.5: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.6
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/Makefile: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.52
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.89
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.5
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/Makefile: revision 1.1
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.49.2.1 | 20-Apr-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.50 (requested by lukem in ticket #168):
Tweaks for the move of postinstall from /etc to /usr/sbin
|
| 1.60.2.1 | 07-Sep-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #81):
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.23
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.919
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.174
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/Makefile: revision 1.217
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btcontrol: file removal
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.910
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.61
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btkbd.4: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btcontrol/hid.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.3
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.644
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btms.4: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.100
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.105
usr.sbin/btcontrol/cfg.c: file removal
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.80
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.h: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.8: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/dev.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/Makefile: file removal
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.66.12.4 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.12.3 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.12.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.66.12.1 | 21-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Start where the mjf-devfs branch left off.
|
| 1.66.8.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Add some devfs code that's been sitting in my local tree for a while.
devfsd(8) is now the first daemon to be started after init(8). It tracks
device insertion (will eventually track removal) and devfs mounts.
Currently, we can mount multiple device file systems and have device
special files pushed into the mounts automatically, though, the device
special files aren't created with the correct major/minor number pairs
yet.
More work to come soon.
|
| 1.67.4.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.67.2.1 | 14-Jun-2008 |
peter | add ftp proxy rc.d script.
|
| 1.68.2.4 | 10-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #534):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.103
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.78 via patch
etc/rc.d/dhcpcd: revision 1.1
Add an rc.d script for dhcpcd(8)
|
| 1.68.2.3 | 06-Feb-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.68.2.3.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #406):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.99
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.73
etc/rc.d/rndctl: revision 1.1
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.127
* Add etc/rc.d/rndctl script, based on work by Brian A. Seklecki. This
allows you to invoke rndctl(8) during the boot.
* Add rndctl=NO and rndctl_flags="" to /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
* Document rndctl and rndctl_flags variables in rc.conf(5).
|
| 1.68.2.2 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rafal in ticket #297):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.203
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.1151 via patch
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.97
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.123
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/rc.d/httpd: revision 1.1
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.123
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.80
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
| 1.68.2.1 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by cube in ticket #168):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/xdm: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs.in: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/xdm.in: revision 1.1
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.68.2.3.4.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.75.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.81.2.2 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.81.2.1 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.85.2.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.85.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.88.6.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.89.6.2 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.89.6.1 | 26-Mar-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #635):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.92
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1497
share/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.132
etc/rc.d/modules: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.190
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.236
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.152
share/man/man5/modules.conf.5: revision 1.1
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
| 1.94.2.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.95.6.1 | 14-May-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maxv in ticket #1265):
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.2
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.258
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.4
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.148
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.103
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.226
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.104
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.167
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.180
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
Restructure code a little.
Use quoting everywhere possibly useful (always the right way, except
in the few cases where it is wrong...)
Avoid using cut & grep (from /usr/bin) so script could run before /usr
is mounted (pity cpuctl is in /usr/sbin ...).
Use sysctl -n rather than attempting to parse its output.
install rc.d
No change... Previous log message should have said:
Install rc.d/smtoff
I should know better! Don't rely upon the way the shell implements
pipes. Skip the "error" printf from GetSmtId() as there is no easy
portable way to avoid it occurring (there are complicated ways) - but
we don't need it, there is no logical difference between "error" and ""
so just use the latter (if we get an ID, good, if there is nothing, then
there is none - saying 'error' does not mean anything.)
Remove comment, since there is no parsing anymore.
|
| 1.97.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.97.4.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.97.2.2 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.97.2.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.104.2.1 | 27-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by brad in ticket #250):
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.2
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.3
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.4
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.5
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1652
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1653
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.259
etc/rc.d/mountall: revision 1.11
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/cddl/osnet/dist/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.105
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.1217
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.106
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.152
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.1
Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
mount_zfs.8: add xref to fstab(5)
Use more markup.
Include mount_zfs man pages only for MKZFS builds.
Moved zfs out of MKX11 block.
Fix build failure without X11.
Add a copyright to the man page and a bit of history.
Use Pa macro for path
new sentence, new line
|
| 1.116.2.1 | 02-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #381):
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revision 1.42
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.273
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.118
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/certctl_init: revision 1.1
distrib/evbarm/liveimage/armimage/rc.conf.armimage: revision 1.2
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.166
distrib/amd64/liveimage/emuimage/rc.conf.emuimage: revision 1.3
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.11
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbmips.conf: revision 1.4
/etc/rc.d/cerctl_init: New script for certctl rehash in live images.
This is very limited -- it does not supplant postinstall to rehash
certificates on upgrade; it only runs certctl rehash if
/etc/openssl/certs is an empty directory, as you get in live images
not created with sysinst.
We could also have a more general-purpose way to run postinstall(8)
on first boot of an image, but that has a lot more moving parts to
think about, so let's start with this limited-scope low-risk
approach.
PR install/57629
/etc/rc.d/certctl_init: Default off.
Otherwise in systems without certctl_init=YES, such as systems
installed with sysinst(8) where it's unnecessary because the rehash
has already happened at install time, you'll get spurious warnings.
|
| 1.118.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.3 | 19-Apr-2001 |
lukem | s/dependancy/dependency/
|
| 1.2 | 05-Apr-2001 |
thorpej | Add a startup script for altqd(8).
|
| 1.1 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.2;
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | file NETWORK was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-08-09 19:09:38 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.8 | 26-Apr-2001 |
lukem | Treat isdnd interfaces like ppp ones, and REQUIRE isdnd here.
Identified by Patrick Welche on current-users.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Apr-2001 |
lukem | s/dependancy/dependency/
|
| 1.6 | 28-Feb-2001 |
lukem | explicitly REQUIRE mountcritremote. sort REQUIRE entries
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | Depend on "ike".
|
| 1.4 | 21-Sep-2000 |
ad | Provide the option of running newsyslog at boot time; mainly for laptop
people.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.1 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.4;
* replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Oct-2006 |
elad | PR/31497: Robert Elz: rc.d/accounting should have KEYWORD: shutdown
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.6 | 29-Apr-2001 |
lukem | kre notes that "echo -n" is superfluous when creating a zero length file
|
| 1.5 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | - create the default accounting file with a umask of 022.
- set and use $accounting_command (/usr/sbin/accton) and
$accounting_file (/var/account/acct)
- fix spelo in message
|
| 1.4 | 25-Apr-2001 |
jdolecek | If the accouting file doesn't exist, create it if possible.
Addresses misc/12735 by Robert Elz.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 10-Mar-2003 |
lukem | move altqd slightly later in the boot sequence; as it's in /usr/sbin,
it needs to depend upon mountcritremote, not run before NETWORKING ...
|
| 1.2 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Apr-2001 |
thorpej | Add a startup script for altqd(8).
|
| 1.18 | 01-Mar-2021 |
christos | require NETWORKING otherwise amd can come up before the network is up and
it needs to be able to do DNS.
|
| 1.17 | 22-Feb-2020 |
roy | Revert unrelated changes to prior
|
| 1.16 | 22-Feb-2020 |
roy | rc.d/network: improve wording of waiting for DAD to finish
|
| 1.15 | 25-Feb-2008 |
tron | Don't try to shutdown amd(8) gracefully. It seems to cause problems for
more people than the old (also broken) behavior. This fixes PR bin/36506
and PR bin/38103.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Apr-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.14.4; 1.14.10; 1.14.12;
Terminate amd(8) gracefully during system shutdown.
This should avoid occasional problems with syncing or unmounting
filesystems on machines which use the automounter. Tested
successfully under NetBSD-i386 3.1_STABLE and 4.0_BETA2.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | branches: 1.13.2; 1.13.10;
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.12 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Implement reload, using "amq -f".
Suggested by Hauke Fath in PR 26589.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.10 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.6;
don't bother warning about obsolete $amd_master; postinstall now does this
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.8 | 17-Jun-2001 |
lukem | Complain if $amd_master is set. This variable was used in 1.5 and prior
releases, but has been ignored since an am-utils update six months ago.
This fixes [misc/11971] submitted by Jun-ichiro itojun Hagino. (Note that
$amd_flags is still supported, contrary to what the PR says).
|
| 1.7 | 21-Nov-2000 |
veego | The new am-utils use now /etc/amd.conf and no longer the $amd_master file.
Despite that /etc/amd.conf is now the default configuration file, it needs
to be defined if you supply other options when you start amd, so add it here.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.5.2;
* Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.4 | 29-May-2000 |
tron | Call "load_rc_config()" earlier so that configuration variables are read
before command arguments are defined. Fixes PR bin/10220 by Ron Roskens.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | Death to nfsiod!
It is replaced by kernel threads that do the same thing. The number of
kernel threads used is set with the vfs.nfs.iothreads sysctl.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.10.6.2 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.10.6.1 | 08-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.12 (requested by lukem in ticket #1267):
Implement reload, using "amq -f".
Suggested by Hauke Fath in PR 26589.
|
| 1.13.10.2 | 01-Mar-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1091):
etc/rc.d/amd: revision 1.15
Don't try to shutdown amd(8) gracefully. It seems to cause problems for
more people than the old (also broken) behavior. This fixes PR bin/36506
and PR bin/38103.
|
| 1.13.10.1 | 28-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | branches: 1.13.10.1.2; 1.13.10.1.4;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #590):
etc/rc.d/amd: revision 1.14
Terminate amd(8) gracefully during system shutdown.
This should avoid occasional problems with syncing or unmounting
filesystems on machines which use the automounter. Tested
successfully under NetBSD-i386 3.1_STABLE and 4.0_BETA2.
|
| 1.13.10.1.4.1 | 01-Mar-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1091):
etc/rc.d/amd: revision 1.15
Don't try to shutdown amd(8) gracefully. It seems to cause problems for
more people than the old (also broken) behavior. This fixes PR bin/36506
and PR bin/38103.
|
| 1.13.10.1.2.1 | 03-Jun-2008 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-4.
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1768):
etc/rc.d/amd: revision 1.14
Terminate amd(8) gracefully during system shutdown.
This should avoid occasional problems with syncing or unmounting
filesystems on machines which use the automounter. Tested
successfully under NetBSD-i386 3.1_STABLE and 4.0_BETA2.
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.14.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2 | 07-Aug-2019 |
nakayama | Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 08-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #30):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/automountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/automount: revision 1.2
Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2 | 07-Aug-2019 |
nakayama | Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 08-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #30):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/automountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/automount: revision 1.2
Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3 | 27-Jan-2020 |
kim | Add NetBSD ID
|
| 1.2 | 07-Aug-2019 |
nakayama | Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Merge autofs support from: Tomohiro Kusumi
XXX: Does not work yet
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 31-Jan-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #675):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.4
Add NetBSD ID
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 08-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #30):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/automountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/automount: revision 1.2
Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.3 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Clean up obsolete test(1) usage - don't use -o, use sh || instead.
This one was particularly bad:
if [ -z ${dev} -o ${junk} ]; then
was supposed to be validating an entry read from a config file,
dev should be not empty, and junk should be empty (ie: correct
number of fields present). If that test succeeds, the line is
bad, and we error out.
But if dev was empty, and junk was also empty, that turned into
if [ -z -o ]; then
which tests if "-o" is the empty string, which it isn't, so instead
of succeeding, and considering the entry invalid (no dev specified)
the code would just carry on as if all was good.
Because of this, a bunch of quoting fixes were also made (there might
perhaps be more needed).
|
| 1.2 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Use rcvar=$name syntax consistently in rc.d scripts which makes it easier to
search for rc.d scripts where rcvar differs from name. No functional change.
|
| 1.1 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.18 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.17 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.16 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.15 | 31-Dec-2012 |
christos | add a sync to make it less likely to boot with /etc pointing to nothing after
a crash.
|
| 1.14 | 01-Nov-2010 |
christos | branches: 1.14.6; 1.14.12;
From Anon Ymous:
Send the SIGALRM to the correct process when we timeout. See the note
in src/etc/rc regarding RC_PID.
The former code would leave you with a root shell when the prompt
timed out (if the tty is marked secure) while continuing the boot
process in another shell. This was easily hidden if you started
xdm(1) at boot, while the root shell remains on another tty
(accessible with CTL-ALT-F1).
|
| 1.13 | 12-Sep-2009 |
apb | It's print_rc_metadata, not rc_print_metadata.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Sep-2009 |
apb | Adapt /etc/rc.d/bootconf.sh script to the new /etc/rc:
Add "KEYWORD: interactive" so that the script's prompts work,
and use rc_print_metadata to add a message to the log.
Part of the /etc/rc silent changes requested in PR 41946
and proposed in tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.11 | 06-Sep-2009 |
apb | Delete a line that was accidentally included from work in progress.
|
| 1.10 | 05-Sep-2009 |
apb | Use functions from rc.subr.
|
| 1.9 | 23-Apr-2006 |
hubertf | When switching the /etc/etc.current symlink, make it relative to /etc,
not absolute.
This affects an update with sysinst, which will try to look at
/targetroot/etc/fstab, which points to /etc/etc.whatever, which is
not there during the upgrade, and results in all (/targetroot)/etc
files getting nuked!
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Apr-2003 |
is | Variable substitution happens at trap installation time, not at trap
execution time - so it used to print "Using default configuration of
/etc/passwd".
|
| 1.6 | 05-Dec-2002 |
wiz | Handle links to absolute paths too. Closes my PR 19125.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Mar-2002 |
wiz | branches: 1.5.2;
Fix typo in last (which broke the script).
|
| 1.4 | 24-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Add sanity checks recommended by Robert Elz in [bin/13871] (with slight mods)
- Use symbolic trap names
|
| 1.3 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Avoid extra command invocation as possible, and use smart variable
substitution instead.
|
| 1.2 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | `REQUIRE bootconf' in lkm1 rather than `BEFORE beforenetlkm' in bootconf.sh
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1.1.4;
rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.1.1.1.4.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.2:
`REQUIRE bootconf' in lkm1 rather than `BEFORE beforenetlkm'
in bootconf.sh
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 15-Jun-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by is in ticket #1242):
Variable substitution happens at trap installation time, not at trap
execution time - so it used to print "Using default configuration of
/etc/passwd".
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.4.2;
* Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jun-2011 |
plunky | remove empty files
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.2.2;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Apr-2008 |
plunky | branches: 1.1.6;
some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 15-Apr-2008 |
mjf | file btattach was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2008-06-02 13:21:20 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jun-2011 |
plunky | remove empty files
|
| 1.2 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.2.2;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore | Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2006 |
plunky | rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.1 | 26-Jul-2006 |
tron | branches: 1.1.2;
Bluetooth fixes by Iain Hibbert:
Create "/etc/rc.d/btcontrol" to attach bluetooth devices at boot.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 07-Sep-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #81):
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.23
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.919
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.174
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/Makefile: revision 1.217
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btcontrol: file removal
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.910
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.61
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btkbd.4: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btcontrol/hid.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.3
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.644
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btms.4: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.100
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.105
usr.sbin/btcontrol/cfg.c: file removal
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.80
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.h: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.8: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/dev.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/Makefile: file removal
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.6 | 18-Jun-2011 |
plunky | remove empty files
|
| 1.5 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.5.2;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.4 | 23-Jul-2007 |
plunky | branches: 1.4.18;
add requirement for bthcid since devices may need to authenticate
|
| 1.3 | 10-Sep-2006 |
plunky | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
|
| 1.2 | 14-Aug-2006 |
plunky | branches: 1.2.2;
Fix typo in variable name
|
| 1.1 | 13-Aug-2006 |
plunky | rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 14-Sep-2006 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #161):
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.4
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.922
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.25
sys/netbt/hci_unit.c: revision 1.3
sys/netbt/hci_ioctl.c: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/Makefile: revision 1.405
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.930
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.176
usr.sbin/sdpd/profile.c: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.3
etc/MAKEDEV.tmpl: revision 1.62
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.650
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.2
usr.bin/sdpquery/sdpquery.1: revision 1.4
sys/netbt/rfcomm_session.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.3
usr.bin/sdpquery/search.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/Makefile: revision 1.2
sys/dev/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: file removal
sys/netbt/files.netbt: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btdevctl/sdp.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.3
etc/bluetooth/Makefile: revision 1.3
sys/dev/pcmcia/files.pcmcia: revision 1.51
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthidev.h: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: file removal
sys/dev/bluetooth/files.bluetooth: revision 1.10
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.777
share/man/man4/ubt.4: revision 1.6
share/man/man4/bthub.4: revision 1.3
sys/netbt/hci.h: revision 1.5
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.202
lib/libsdp/sdp.h: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.5
share/man/man4/btdev.4: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/print.c: revision 1.2
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP: revision 1.205
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.2
sys/dev/usb/files.usb: revision 1.70
sys/netbt/l2cap_signal.c: revision 1.2
sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/bthub.c: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.5
sys/netbt/hci_link.c: revision 1.5
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.4
sys/dev/bluetooth/btkbd.c: revision 1.3
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: file removal
sys/netbt/hci_event.c: revision 1.2
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.h: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.101
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.3
sys/conf/majors: revision 1.27
usr.sbin/sdpd/hf.c: revision 1.1
sys/dev/bluetooth/btsco.c: revision 1.4
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.107
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.c: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/btdevctl/db.c: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.3
etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: file removal
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC: revision 1.781
sys/dev/bluetooth/btdev.h: revision 1.3
Make btdev default count explicit
Fix typo in variable name
update to bluetooth device attachment:
remove pseudo-device btdev(4) and inherent limitations
add bthub(4) which autoconfigures at bluetooth controllers as they
are enabled. bluetooth devices now attach here.
btdevctl(8) and its cache is updated to handle new semantics
etc/rc.d/btdevctl is updated to configure devices from a list
in /etc/bluetooth/btdevctl.conf
also include service name in dictionary being sent to kernel.
(this is not used just yet, but it might be in the future and it will
be easier if we dont have to provide code to handle its absence)
clarify the CAVEAT section somewhat
Add service discovery support for the Handsfree profile
Replace static 'FreeBSD' string with operating system name gleaned
from uname(3)
Halt the callout on detach
btsco.c:
- sco_getopt(..., SO_SCO_MTU, ...) expects the address of a uint16_t,
not an int. So change sc_mtu's type to uint16_t.
- Try a little harder to ensure btsco_round_blocksize() does not
return zero. Prevents a subsequent panic in audio_init_ringbuffer().
from scw@
Endian issues:
hci_event.c:
- Convert memo->response.clock_offset to host-endian.
hci_ioctl.c:
- printf format tweak (size_t)
hci_link.c:
- Convert memo->response.clock_offset from host-endian.
- Tweak a DIAGNOSTIC message.
l2cap_signal.c:
- In l2cap_recv_config_req(), rp->scid is little-endian so make sure
we convert from host-endian.
from scw@
hci_link.c:
- In hci_link_free(), do not unlink items from a LIST queue within
a LIST_FOREACH() iterator.
rfcomm_session.c:
- In rfcomm_session_recv_mcc_nsc(), do not unlink items from a LIST
queue within a LIST_FOREACH() iterator.
from scw@
guard against a possible situation where the list of l2cap channels is changed
when the bluetooth code is not expecting it to be. During a disconnect, we can
detach the channel that is being disconnected, but its not really safe to detach
any others.
Print explicit 64-bit types using the format macros from int_fmtio.h.
Unbreaks the build for our LP64 ports, where "long long" typically is
not 64 bits.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 07-Sep-2006 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #81):
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.23
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.919
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.174
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/hid.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/Makefile: revision 1.217
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.h: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/btdevctl.8: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/btcontrol: file removal
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.910
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.61
usr.sbin/btdevctl/cfg.c: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/btdevctl/dev.c: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btkbd.4: revision 1.2
share/man/man4/bthidev.4: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/btcontrol/hid.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btdevctl/Makefile: revision 1.1
share/man/man4/btsco.4: revision 1.3
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.644
share/man/man4/btdev.4: revision 1.3
share/man/man4/btms.4: revision 1.2
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.100
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.105
usr.sbin/btcontrol/cfg.c: file removal
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.80
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.h: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.8: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/dev.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/btcontrol.c: file removal
usr.sbin/btcontrol/Makefile: file removal
rename btcontrol(8) as btdevctl(8) to make it fit with the NetBSD naming
scheme for control programs. This fixes pr 34051.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 27-Jul-2007 |
liamjfoy | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by plunky in ticket #796):
etc/rc.d/btdevctl: revision 1.4
add requirement for bthcid since devices may need to authenticate
|
| 1.4.18.2 | 23-Jul-2007 |
plunky | add requirement for bthcid since devices may need to authenticate
|
| 1.4.18.1 | 23-Jul-2007 |
plunky | file btdevctl was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-07-23 18:06:57 +0000
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jun-2011 |
plunky | remove empty files
|
| 1.3 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.3.2;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.2 | 01-Jun-2010 |
wiz | Fix typo in sdpd, reported by Jukka Salmi in PR 43401.
This also affected bthcid, so I also fixed it there.
|
| 1.1 | 19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore | Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2008 |
plunky | some changes to serial bluetooth host controller interfaces
btuartd(8) should be named btattach(8) for consistency
with other parts of NetBSD
make btattach(8) a single-use tool for less complexity
device specicific initialisation (from btuart(4)) is carried
out prior to activating the line discipline (in btattach(8)),
which simplifies the API somewhat and means that the user
tool and the kernel do not need to be kept in sync.
btuart(4) driver is much reduced; naming is made consistent
and all tsleep() and delay() are removed to userland
|
| 1.1 | 20-Feb-2007 |
kiyohara | branches: 1.1.12;
Supprot Bluetooth HCI UART (H4) driver and daemon.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Apr-2011 |
enami | Unconfigure on shutdown so that component deivces are closed.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.5.36;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 19-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Allow ccd autoconfiguration to be turned off (by setting ccd=NO in
/etc/rc.conf; default is YES.)
Suggested by elric, ok'ed by lukem.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Make ccd and raidframe provide `disks', and make swap1 and fsck
depend on `disks', rather than `ccd' and `raidframe'.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Whitespace: 8 spaces -> tab
|
| 1.2 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | No longer use obsolete test(1) -a option/operator, use sh && instead.
While here a couple of minor formatting improvements - in general it
is always a good idea to surround sh operator chars (like '>' '(' ...)
with white space, to guard against thet possibility that some other (or
later enhanced) sh might have additional operators which happen to be
the character string used.
I don't understand while the final part of the condition for not doing
anything needs to run in a subshell, but that can stay for now.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Sep-2023 |
riastradh | branches: 1.1.2;
/etc/rc.d/cerctl_init: New script for certctl rehash in live images.
This is very limited -- it does not supplant postinstall to rehash
certificates on upgrade; it only runs certctl rehash if
/etc/openssl/certs is an empty directory, as you get in live images
not created with sysinst.
We could also have a more general-purpose way to run postinstall(8)
on first boot of an image, but that has a lot more moving parts to
think about, so let's start with this limited-scope low-risk
approach.
PR install/57629
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 02-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #381):
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revision 1.42
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.273
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.118
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/certctl_init: revision 1.1
distrib/evbarm/liveimage/armimage/rc.conf.armimage: revision 1.2
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.166
distrib/amd64/liveimage/emuimage/rc.conf.emuimage: revision 1.3
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.11
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbmips.conf: revision 1.4
/etc/rc.d/cerctl_init: New script for certctl rehash in live images.
This is very limited -- it does not supplant postinstall to rehash
certificates on upgrade; it only runs certctl rehash if
/etc/openssl/certs is an empty directory, as you get in live images
not created with sysinst.
We could also have a more general-purpose way to run postinstall(8)
on first boot of an image, but that has a lot more moving parts to
think about, so let's start with this limited-scope low-risk
approach.
PR install/57629
/etc/rc.d/certctl_init: Default off.
Otherwise in systems without certctl_init=YES, such as systems
installed with sysinst(8) where it's unnecessary because the rehash
has already happened at install time, you'll get spurious warnings.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 27-Sep-2023 |
martin | file certctl_init was added on branch netbsd-10 on 2023-10-02 13:26:04 +0000
|
| 1.9 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Nov-2010 |
christos | add a cgd_stop function
|
| 1.7 | 11-Sep-2009 |
apb | Adapt /etc/rc.d/cgd script to the new /etc/rc:
Add "KEYWORD: interactive" so that prompting for passwords work, and
use print_rc_normal to print a message that could safely be suppressed.
Part of the /etc/rc silent changes requested in PR 41946
and proposed in tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.5 | 02-Mar-2005 |
tv | branches: 1.5.36;
Revert previous, for now. We don't umount filesystems in the shutdown
process (we're -- probably inappropriately -- waiting for the kernel to do
that at the end), so cgdconfig -U won't do much until that situation changes.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Mar-2005 |
tv | Unconfigure cgd devices on shutdown, so that underlying layers (i.e.,
RAIDframe) are happier.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 19-Mar-2003 |
wiz | Allow cgd configuration to be skipped (by setting cgd=NO, defaults to YES).
Closes my PR/20766. Based on a suggestion by lukem.
|
| 1.1 | 09-Oct-2002 |
elric | Added cgd rc.d script and put it in the appropriate postinstall and
mtree files.
|
| 1.5.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.3 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.2 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Make it work with empty /var
|
| 1.1 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.13 | 30-Sep-2018 |
martin | Discussed some years ago but never commited: add an option to have a
single tmpfs (on /tmp) and use that for /var/shm as well (via a symlink
created after the tmpfs on /tmp has been mounted)
|
| 1.12 | 03-Jul-2015 |
dholland | branches: 1.12.14; 1.12.16;
/usr/sbin/chown -> /sbin/chown
(not sure why these need explicit paths at all, but whatevs)
|
| 1.11 | 24-Oct-2012 |
apb | Avoid using glob patterns that might match enough files to give
"Arg list too long" errors. Change the "find" command to use
"-exec ... +" instead of "-exec ... \;" to make it more efficient.
|
| 1.10 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | branches: 1.10.4; 1.10.30; 1.10.36;
Implement a new magic string for magic symlinks, @ruid, which exapnds to the
real user id of the process and use this magic string for per-user tmp.
This should fix PR/35687
Kernel parts reviewed by wrstuden@
|
| 1.9 | 15-Feb-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.9.4;
* Use checkyesno rather than using a harcoded value.
* If per_user_tmp is disabled and /tmp equals to ${per_user_tmp_dir}/@uid,
remove it and recreate it with proper permissions (1777).
This fixes the problem when per_user_tmp is enabled and will put /tmp
on its original state when it's disabled.
|
| 1.8 | 04-Feb-2007 |
elad | Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
| 1.7 | 07-Oct-2006 |
elad | Back out previous. This was a dup of PR/29144 that was fixed differently.
Thanks to pavel@ for pointing out, okay oster@.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Oct-2006 |
elad | PR/22340: Benedikt Meurer: cleartmp should honor ifile on LFS
Patch applied, thanks!
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.36.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.10.30.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Implement a new magic string for magic symlinks, @ruid, which exapnds to the
real user id of the process and use this magic string for per-user tmp.
This should fix PR/35687
Kernel parts reviewed by wrstuden@
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | file cleartmp was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-04 22:09:02 +0000
|
| 1.12.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.14.1 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' so that these scripts get run at shutdown time.
now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be run by /etc/rc.shutdown,
which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.6;
file devfsd was initially added on branch mjf-devfs.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 21-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Start where the mjf-devfs branch left off.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Add some devfs code that's been sitting in my local tree for a while.
devfsd(8) is now the first daemon to be started after init(8). It tracks
device insertion (will eventually track removal) and devfs mounts.
Currently, we can mount multiple device file systems and have device
special files pushed into the mounts automatically, though, the device
special files aren't created with the correct major/minor number pairs
yet.
More work to come soon.
|
| 1.3 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.2 | 31-Jul-2021 |
mlelstv | Run devpubd before volume managers and pseudo disks.
|
| 1.1 | 06-Sep-2011 |
riz | Create and install an rc.d file for devpubd - a daemon to listen
on drvctl and autocreate device nodes in /dev for those which don't have any.
Set the default to "NO" for now.
|
| 1.10 | 29-Jun-2018 |
roy | Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.92; 1.9.94;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.5 | 26-May-2000 |
hubertf | branches: 1.5.4;
/etc/dhclient.conf is *not* required for dhclient to run.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | dhclient does not, in fact, require /var/db/dhclient.leases to exist.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Mar-2000 |
fvdl | dhclient lives in /sbin, not /usr/sbin
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.7 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.9.94.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.9.92.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.9 | 31-May-2020 |
roy | dhcpcd: Empty the chroot
While here, set correct optional hooks.
|
| 1.8 | 02-Apr-2020 |
roy | Add chroot support for dhcpcd
|
| 1.7 | 22-Feb-2020 |
roy | Revert unrelated changes to prior
|
| 1.6 | 22-Feb-2020 |
roy | rc.d/network: improve wording of waiting for DAD to finish
|
| 1.5 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | branches: 1.5.16;
Use the new -P option to work out which pidfile dhcpcd will use.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Oct-2015 |
roy | Fix the problem of just having a valid interface name in dhcpcd_flags.
|
| 1.3 | 06-Apr-2014 |
khorben | branches: 1.3.2;
Allow the extra command "reload" to dhcpcd's rc script, letting it reload
its configuration and rebind directly via the script.
LGTM roy@
|
| 1.2 | 25-Jun-2013 |
roy | branches: 1.2.4;
Add a hack to fix the dhcpcd rc.d script to work with a single
interface specified in dhcpcd_flags in rc.conf(5).
Fixes PR bin/43490
|
| 1.1 | 28-Apr-2009 |
roy | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4; 1.1.6; 1.1.12; 1.1.18;
Add an rc.d script for dhcpcd(8)
|
| 1.1.18.1 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1.12.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.1.6.2 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 28-Apr-2009 |
matt | file dhcpcd was added on branch matt-nb5-mips64 on 2010-04-21 05:21:24 +0000
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 28-Apr-2009 |
jym | file dhcpcd was added on branch jym-xensuspend on 2009-05-13 19:18:03 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 10-May-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #534):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.103
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.78 via patch
etc/rc.d/dhcpcd: revision 1.1
Add an rc.d script for dhcpcd(8)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 28-Apr-2009 |
snj | file dhcpcd was added on branch netbsd-5 on 2009-05-10 21:32:57 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 27-Jul-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #1621):
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/sha256.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/md5.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/md5.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/sha256.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/hmac.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/crypt/hmac.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/_strtoi.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/arc4random.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/arc4random.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/arc4random_uniform.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/arc4random_uniform.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/bitops.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/dprintf.c up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/dprintf.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/endian.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/pidfile.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/pidfile.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/queue.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/reallocarray.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/reallocarray.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/strtoi.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/strtoi.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/strtou.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/strlcpy.c up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/compat/strlcpy.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/config-null.mk up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/configure up to 1.1.1.8
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/iconfig.mk up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/01-test up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/02-dump up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/10-wpa_supplicant up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/15-timezone up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/20-resolv.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/29-lookup-hostname up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/30-hostname up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/50-dhcpcd-compat up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/50-ntp.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/50-yp.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/50-ypbind.in up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/Makefile up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/dhcpcd-run-hooks.8.in up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/hooks/dhcpcd-run-hooks.in up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/GNUmakefile up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/Makefile up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/arp.c up to 1.1.1.7
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/arp.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/auth.c up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/auth.h up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/bpf.c up to 1.7
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/bpf.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/common.c up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/common.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/control.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/control.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/defs.h up to 1.1.1.15
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dev.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dev.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp-common.c up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp-common.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp.c up to 1.11
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp.h up to 1.1.1.6
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp6.c up to 1.1.1.12
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcp6.h up to 1.1.1.6
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd-definitions-small.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd-definitions.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd-embedded.c.in up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd-embedded.h.in up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd.8.in up to 1.1.1.10
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd.c up to 1.13
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd.conf up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd.conf.5.in up to 1.1.1.10
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dhcpcd.h up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/duid.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/duid.h up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/eloop.c up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/eloop.h up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/genembedc up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/genembedh up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-bsd.c up to 1.1.1.8
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-linux-wext.c up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-linux.c up to 1.1.1.10
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-options.c up to 1.10
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-options.h up to 1.1.1.7
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if-sun.c up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if.c up to 1.1.1.8
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/if.h up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv4.c up to 1.1.1.9
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv4.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv4ll.c up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv4ll.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv6.c up to 1.1.1.11
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv6.h up to 1.1.1.7
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv6nd.c up to 1.1.1.8
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/ipv6nd.h up to 1.1.1.6
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/logerr.c up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/logerr.h up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/route.c up to 1.1.1.8
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/route.h up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/sa.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/sa.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/script.c up to 1.1.1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/script.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dev/Makefile up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/src/dev/udev.c up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/.gitignore up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/GNUmakefile up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/Makefile up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/README.md up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/run-test.c up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/test.h up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/crypt/test_hmac_md5.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/Makefile up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/eloop-bench/.gitignore up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/eloop-bench/Makefile up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/eloop-bench/README.md up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/tests/eloop-bench/eloop-bench.c up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/.arcconfig up to 1.1.1.1
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/.gitignore up to 1.4
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/BUILDING.md up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/LICENSE up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/Makefile up to 1.1.1.5
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/Makefile.inc up to 1.1.1.2
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/README.md up to 1.1.1.3
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/bpf-filter.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/common.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/arp.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/arp.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/auth.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/auth.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/control.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/common.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/config.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp-common.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/control.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/defs.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dev.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-definitions.conf delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp-common.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp6.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcp6.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-run-hooks.8.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-embedded.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.8.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-embedded.c.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-embedded.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-embedded.h.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv4.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/if.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-run-hooks.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.conf delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd.conf.5.in delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/duid.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/duid.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/eloop.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/eloop.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/if-bsd.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/if-options.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/if-options.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/if.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/crypt/hmac_md5.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/crypt/crypt.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv4.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv4ll.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv6.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv4ll.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv6.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv6nd.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/ipv6nd.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/script.c delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/script.h delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/15-timezone delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/01-test delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/02-dump delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/10-mtu delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/10-wpa_supplicant delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/20-resolv.conf delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/29-lookup-hostname delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/30-hostname delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/50-ntp.conf delete
external/bsd/dhcpcd/dist/dhcpcd-hooks/50-ypbind delete
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.211-1.213
etc/rc.d/dhcpcd upto 1.5
doc/3RDPARTY manual edit
Import dhcpcd-7.0.7.
Adjust postinstal and rc file.
|
| 1.5.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.7 | 17-Jul-2014 |
spz | Create the dhcpd.leases file if it doesn't exist already, don't just
warn about it not being there.
Closes PR misc/48868
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.56; 1.6.70;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.70.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.6.56.1 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.1 | 29-Dec-2017 |
is | Add startup file for dhcp v6 with builtin isc-dhcp. Alas, this needs to
be a seperate process. On the positive side: this can't break the dhcpd
for IPv4 when tested.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.6 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | wrap file creation operation in: ( umask 022 ; <command...> )
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | remove /var/run/dmesg.boot before attempting to write to it
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.6 | 05-Sep-2009 |
apb | * Use functions from rc.subr, and indent the code.
* Add "KEYWORD: nostart", so /etc/rc doesn't try to run this (it would
have been harmless anyway).
|
| 1.5 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Aug-2002 |
martin | Avoid exit(0) to play more nicely with rc_fast_and_loose.
Noted by Greywolf on tech-userlevel.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Apr-2002 |
lukem | add a PROVIDE line
|
| 1.2 | 04-Sep-2001 |
martin | Make this work without parameters (i.e. manual invocation)
|
| 1.1 | 04-Sep-2001 |
martin | Add support to down some interfaces before shutting down the system. All
pppoe* interfaces are automatically shut down by this script, others may be
added to the force_down_interfaces variable in /etc/rc.conf.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Jan-2021 |
riastradh | Various entropy integration improvements.
- New /etc/security check for entropy in daily security report.
- New /etc/rc.d/entropy script runs (after random_seed and rndctl) to
check for entropy at boot -- in rc.conf, you can:
. set `entropy=check' to halt multiuser boot and enter single-user
mode if not enough entropy
. set `entropy=wait' to make multiuser boot wait until enough entropy
Default is to always boot without waiting -- and rely on other
channels like security report to alert the operator if there's a
problem.
- New man page entropy(7) discussing the higher-level concepts and
system integration with cross-references.
- New paragraph in afterboot(8) about entropy citing entropy(7) for
more details.
This change addresses many of the issues discussed in security/55659.
This is a first draft; happy to take improvements to the man pages and
scripted messages to improve clarity.
I considered changing motd to include an entropy warning with a
reference to the entropy(7) man page, but it's a little trickier:
- Not sure it's appropriate for all users to see at login rather than
users who have power to affect the entropy estimate (maybe it is,
just haven't decided).
- We only have a mechanism for changing once at boot; the message would
remain until next boot even if an operator adds enough entropy.
- The mechanism isn't really conducive to making a message appear
conditionally from boot to boot.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Use rcvar=$name syntax consistently in rc.d scripts which makes it easier to
search for rc.d scripts where rcvar differs from name. No functional change.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Oct-2007 |
xtraeme | Only print the message if the command ran successfully.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Oct-2007 |
xtraeme | Update for the new configuration file format for envstat(8)
and the envsys framework.
The rc.d has been simplified vastly... the configuration file now
is more powerful than ever!
|
| 1.2 | 25-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.6;
- Ignore lines with desc at start/stop time, this target must be used
manually.
- Ignore lines with rfact at stop time, they cannot be stopped.
Reported by wiz@.
|
| 1.1 | 01-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme | Add the /etc/rc.d/envsys script required by envsys2.
|
| 1.2.6.2 | 25-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme | - Ignore lines with desc at start/stop time, this target must be used
manually.
- Ignore lines with rfact at stop time, they cannot be stopped.
Reported by wiz@.
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 25-Jul-2007 |
xtraeme | file envsys was added on branch matt-mips64 on 2007-07-25 12:47:45 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 06-Nov-2007 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Use rcvar=$name syntax consistently in rc.d scripts which makes it easier to
search for rc.d scripts where rcvar differs from name. No functional change.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.3 | 07-Feb-2012 |
mbalmer | For the sake of consistency with other scripts, output a full stop after the
word 'done'. releng ok.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jun-2011 |
hans | branches: 1.2.2;
remove -q argument, it is useless with Xorg and fails with XFree
|
| 1.1 | 18-Feb-2011 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Add rc.d script to make sure the system fontconfig cache is up to date.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 05-Mar-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 18-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file fccache.in was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-03-05 15:08:43 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.14 | 14-Jul-2007 |
ad | fixsb has done its job.
|
| 1.13 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | * Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.12 | 30-Dec-2004 |
dsainty | Add a missing space in a comment
|
| 1.11 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.10 | 23-Apr-2004 |
keihan | branches: 1.10.2;
s/netbsd.org/NetBSD.org/
|
| 1.9 | 21-Apr-2004 |
christos | Whitespace fixes, some code re-factoring, and a bit more verbose messages.
|
| 1.8 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | simply logic and flow of check_part function
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | abstract superblock field reading into shell function
|
| 1.6 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | add function for reporting verbose messages
|
| 1.5 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | tweak return value of check_part function
|
| 1.4 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | some minor shell programming tweaks recommended by christos
use [ -n ] instead of [ ! -z ]
use $() instead of ``
use just "$@" instead ${1+"$@"}
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-2004 |
dbj | use shell constructs and cat instead of sed since
sed may not be available early in the rc.d sequence
|
| 1.2 | 18-Apr-2004 |
dbj | add support for turning off fixsb in rc.conf
default is fixsb=YES
|
| 1.1 | 16-Apr-2004 |
dbj | This rc.d script attempts to correct problems
which may have been introduced by booting a netbsd-current kernel
from between April of 2003 and January 2004. For more information
see <http://mail-index.NetBSD.org/current-users/2004/01/11/0022.html>
This script was developed as a response to NetBSD pr install/25138
This should not be added to the Makefile or the default install until
it has been further tested
|
| 1.10.2.2 | 27-Apr-2004 |
jdc | Pull up revisions 1.1-1.10 (requested by dbj in ticket #185)
Fix problems related to superblock upgrade issues which may be
experienced by -current users from 2003.
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 23-Apr-2004 |
jdc | file fixsb was added on branch netbsd-2-0 on 2004-04-27 17:54:49 +0000
|
| 1.11 | 17-Feb-2010 |
christos | Exclude root, since that is done in fsck_root.
|
| 1.10 | 10-Jul-2009 |
christos | 1. centralize the fsck error handling
2. don't check if root is on nfs
3. reboot -n if root was modified as the manual page suggests
|
| 1.9 | 02-Mar-2008 |
tron | Print out a message explaining why the system is rebooting if the root
filesystem is modified by fsck(8).
|
| 1.8 | 24-Feb-2008 |
christos | cleanup fsck error handling:
1. explain what each error means
2. remove 130 (128 + 2) which was presumably there because fsck_msdos did
not handle SIGINT properly
|
| 1.7 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.7.4; 1.7.10; 1.7.12;
* Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.6 | 07-Oct-2006 |
riz | Trap SIGINT so that if fsck is interrupted by ^C, we drop into single-user
mode. Fixes misc/29822 from der Mouse, fix from Arnaud Lacombe with
comment rework by me.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.5.2;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 20-Oct-2003 |
christos | branches: 1.4.4;
set fsck_flags=-p in /etc/defaults/rc.conf instead of checking if it is
empty in /etc/rc.d/fsck. From Bernd Ernesti.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Oct-2003 |
christos | Allow overrides via fsck_flags
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jun-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.2;
Now that "fsck -p" skips file systems that are mounted read-write,
always perform the disk check (unless /fastboot exists). Previously
this would only occur when booting directly to multi-user, so the
fsck wouldn't happen after a single user boot going into multi-user.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.2;
convert fsck.sh -> fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following:
etc/rc.d/Makefile 1.12
etc/rc.d/fsck 1.1
etc/rc.d/fsck.sh REMOVE
replace fsck.sh with fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | file fsck was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-08-23 12:32:17 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 27-Oct-2003 |
jmc | Pullup revs 1.3-1.4 (requested by martti in ticket #1543)
Allow custom fsck options via fsck_flags.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 08-Oct-2006 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #10704):
etc/rc.d/fsck: revision 1.6
Trap SIGINT so that if fsck is interrupted by ^C, we drop into single-user
mode. Fixes misc/29822 from der Mouse, fix from Arnaud Lacombe with
comment rework by me.
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 07-Oct-2006 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riz in ticket #1542):
etc/rc.d/fsck: revision 1.6
Trap SIGINT so that if fsck is interrupted by ^C, we drop into single-user
mode. Fixes misc/29822 from der Mouse, fix from Arnaud Lacombe with
comment rework by me.
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 03-Apr-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7.10.1 | 24-Mar-2008 |
keiichi | sync with head.
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | convert fsck.sh -> fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | branches: 1.2.4;
Make ccd and raidframe provide `disks', and make swap1 and fsck
depend on `disks', rather than `ccd' and `raidframe'.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following:
etc/rc.d/Makefile 1.12
etc/rc.d/fsck 1.1
etc/rc.d/fsck.sh REMOVE
replace fsck.sh with fsck (using kill -TERM $$ to stop autoboot).
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.6 | 20-Sep-2011 |
apb | Don't try to fsck root device if "/" is not mentioned in fstab.
Also don't assume that all network mounts are "nfs".
|
| 1.5 | 25-Sep-2010 |
bad | Treat empty or missing fs_passno field like it has a value of 0 as fstab(5)
specifies.
Related to PR misc/43905 but does not fix the underlying issues.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Feb-2010 |
mrg | only fsck / if we find it in /etc/fstab. diskless systems don't need
a / entry.
XXX: still get an error from "mount /" in etc/rc.d/root itself.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Jul-2009 |
christos | 1. centralize the fsck error handling
2. don't check if root is on nfs
3. reboot -n if root was modified as the manual page suggests
|
| 1.2 | 28-Apr-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.2.2;
Do nothing if root file system has fs_passno=0 in /etc/fstab.
(It might be better to change fsck(8) so that "fsck -p" always checks
fs_passno, whether or not file systems are specified on the command
line.)
|
| 1.1 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 28-Apr-2009 |
jym | file fsck_root was added on branch jym-xensuspend on 2009-05-13 19:18:03 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 18-Jun-2008 |
yamt | branches: 1.2.2;
merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2008 |
peter | branches: 1.1.2;
file ftp_proxy was initially added on branch yamt-pf42.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 13-Jun-2008 |
peter | rc.d script for starting ftp proxy.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Add files to branch that were added on -current.
After this, all that's left of update is to merge some changes
that had conflicts.
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 18-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | file ftp_proxy was added on branch wrstuden-revivesa on 2008-06-23 05:02:08 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 09-Aug-2005 |
peter | Add command_args="-D" to the ftpd rc.d script. This flag is always needed
when running ftpd as daemon and it will now automatically be appended to the
command line, even if ftpd_flags doesn't have it.
Suggested by Alan Barrett and Luke Mewburn, thanks.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Aug-2005 |
peter | Add a note telling that ftpd_flags should always contain "-D".
Suggested by lukem@.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Aug-2005 |
peter | Add rc.d support for standalone ftpd, suggested by perry@.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Don't install /etc/rc.d/gated any longer, since gated isn't in the
base system.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2022 |
brad | Like /etc/rc.d/network, add the ability to put a '!' character as the
first character in /etc/gpio.conf and have the rest evaluated in a
shell. It is useful to be able to do actions after setting up gpio
pins or attaching gpioiic(4).
|
| 1.1 | 25-Jul-2009 |
mbalmer | Document recent gpio(4) changes and introduce a new config file for GPIO.
Integrate with the startup scripts in /etc/rc.d. Introduce new variable
"gpio" for /etc/rc.conf.
|
| 1.4 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jun-2006 |
rpaulo | branches: 1.3.20;
s/mountall/mountcritremote/
Noticed by Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Remove wrong comment.
|
| 1.1 | 30-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | rc script to control hostapd.
|
| 1.3.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Dec-2008 |
mishka | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 22-Jan-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rafal in ticket #297):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.203
doc/CHANGES: revision 1.1151 via patch
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.97
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.123
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/rc.d/httpd: revision 1.1
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.123
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.80
Import rc.d/httpd script for httpd(8) daemon control.
See rc.conf(5) for options explanation.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 11-Dec-2008 |
snj | file httpd was added on branch netbsd-5 on 2009-01-22 21:28:26 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 11-Dec-2008 |
mjf | file httpd was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2009-01-17 20:43:44 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 31-Jan-2004 |
christos | new identd script
|
| 1.4 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 24-Jun-2003 |
martin | Ifwatchd now uses syslog, so require syslogd.
|
| 1.2 | 14-Mar-2003 |
martin | Make it start before "SERVERS" and remove redundant dependency on
"network". This brings it in line with the altqd script, which has
very similar requirements.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Dec-2001 |
martin | Add rc.d support for ifwatchd (used to run ip-up/ip-down scripts for
in-kernel pppoe interfaces).
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' so that these scripts get run at shutdown time.
now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be run by /etc/rc.shutdown,
which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Don't use obsolete test(1) -a option/operator - use sh && instead.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.6 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.5 | 14-Feb-2020 |
kim | Use the configured IP6ADDRCTL_CMD for stopping also.
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jan-2020 |
kim | Add NetBSD ID
|
| 1.3 | 07-Aug-2019 |
nakayama | Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Dec-2015 |
christos | branches: 1.2.16; 1.2.18;
remove some stuff we don't have; rename rc command variable.
|
| 1.1 | 13-Dec-2015 |
christos | Add ip6addrctl
|
| 1.2.18.2 | 31-Jan-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #675):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.4
Add NetBSD ID
|
| 1.2.18.1 | 08-Aug-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #30):
etc/rc.d/autounmountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/ip6addrctl: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/automountd: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/automount: revision 1.2
Add $_rc_subr_loaded before ". /etc/rc.subr" for speedup and consistency.
|
| 1.2.16.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2.16.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.21 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.20 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.19 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.18 | 23-Mar-2009 |
hannken | Add flags to rc.d/ipfilter. Use it from rc.conf like
ipfilter=YES ipfilter_flags="-T fr_statemax=18963,fr_statesize=27091"
Ok: Christos Zoulas <christos@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.17 | 22-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.17.2;
Add "bootconf" to REQUIRE: lines which had beforenetlkm
since removed beforenetlkm required bootconf.
|
| 1.16 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.15 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.15.12; 1.15.20;
* Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.14 | 23-Dec-2004 |
lukem | * Conditionalize flushing of IPv4 vs IPv6 rules based on the existance
of the appropriate configuration file.
Based on PR 28757 from Jason White.
* Add comments explaining why we flush separately from the reload
(backwards compat with older ipf(8) binaries).
|
| 1.13 | 08-Nov-2004 |
lukem | Redo previous (rev 1.12) in a manner that allows this rc.d script to operate
correctly on ipf(8) from prior to 4.1.3 (where -Fa flushes both protocols)
and 4.1.3 (where -Fa only flushes the current protocol).
Fix from Kimmo Suominen, per private discussion.
|
| 1.12 | 09-Sep-2004 |
lukem | Explicitly flush (-Fa) rules when loading or reloading IPv4 and IPv6 rules,
rather than relying upon running "ipf -Fa" beforehand (which only flushes IPv4)
Should fix PR 26885 and PR 26857.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.10 | 28-Feb-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.4;
support `resync' (ipf -y).
suggested by Johnny C. Lam in [misc/12300]
|
| 1.9 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Use && and || for logical concatenations instead of -a/-o test operators.
|
| 1.8 | 01-Oct-2000 |
lukem | support loading ipf6.conf as well as ipf.conf.
inspired by [misc/11033] by Gregory McGarry <g.mcgarry@ieee.org>
|
| 1.7 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 21-Jul-2000 |
lukem | if ipf.conf isn't readable and the system is booting directly to multiuser,
send SIGTERM to the parent (/etc/rc) so that init(8) aborts the boot.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add support for `status'
* remove bogus comment about aborting the boot if ipf fails; this hasn't
been supported since the rc.d migration and is too messy to resolve...
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Add missing checkyesno's.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.3 | 27-Dec-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.9-1.10 (requested by jlam):
Use && and || for logical concatenations instead of -a/-o operators,
and support ``resync'' (ipf -y).
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.7-1.8 (approved by thorpej):
- support loading ipf6.conf as well as ipf.conf
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up revs 1.5-1.6
approved by: thorpej
* add support for `status'
* if ipf.conf isn't readable and the system is booting directly to multiuser,
send SIGTERM to the parent (/etc/rc) so that init(8) aborts the boot.
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 12-Nov-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.13 (requested by lukem in ticket #963)
Redo previous (rev 1.12) in a manner that allows this rc.d script to operate
correctly on ipf(8) from prior to 4.1.3 (where -Fa flushes both protocols)
and 4.1.3 (where -Fa only flushes the current protocol).
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 21-Sep-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.12 (requested by martti in ticket #866):
Explicitly flush (-Fa) rules when loading or reloading IPv4 and IPv6 rules,
rather than relying upon running "ipf -Fa" beforehand (which only flushes IPv4)
Should fix PR 26885 and PR 26857.
|
| 1.15.20.1 | 26-Mar-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by hannken in ticket #606):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.101
etc/rc.d/ipfilter: revision 1.18
Add flags to rc.d/ipfilter. Use it from rc.conf like
ipfilter=YES ipfilter_flags="-T fr_statemax=18963,fr_statesize=27091"
Ok: Christos Zoulas <christos@netbsd.org>
|
| 1.15.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.9 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Clean up obsolete test(1) usage, use sh && rather than test's old -a
(and while here prefer sh's ! operator over test's - it simplifies
things for test).
|
| 1.8 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.7.92; 1.7.94;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 05-Jul-2004 |
lukem | * Add BEFORE: SERVERS, so state is restored much earlier in the boot sequence.
* REQUIRE: isdnd, so this will be shutdown before that, to prevent
future problem if isdnd eve gets an explicit "shutdown" keyword.
Per discussion with Martin Husemann.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Jul-2004 |
martin | Make sure "downinterfaces" comes first - this means on shutdown this
script will run before downinterfaces destroys all state we try to
save here.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
- Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.3 | 11-Feb-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.2;
- Remove previous hack; rc.subr warns about the variable not being set
for a reason, which is usually ``your /etc/defaults/rc.conf is not up
to date''.
- Consolidate `rm's into one line.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Feb-2002 |
martti | Don't try to execute this script if ipfs is not set to YES. Otherwise
you'll see the following message:
# /etc/rc.d/ipfs stop
/etc/rc.d/ipfs: WARNING: $ipfs is not set properly.
This horrible change is needed because of the "shutdown" keyword.
|
| 1.1 | 11-Feb-2002 |
martti | ipfs allows state information created for NAT entries and rules using
keep state to be locked (modification prevented) and then saved to disk,
allowing for the system to experience a reboot, followed by the restoration
of that information, resulting in connections not being interrupted.
To activate this feature, set ipfs=YES in /etc/rc.conf
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 06-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.1-1.3 (new, requested by martti):
Added ipfs to save state tables. Use -D for ipmon.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 11-Feb-2002 |
he | file ipfs was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2002-03-06 22:24:23 +0000
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 05-Jul-2004 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.5-1.6 (requested by martin in ticket #600):
Make sure ipfs gets to save state before the state is
destroyed either by interfaces being brought down or isdnd
being shut down (on general shutdown), and restore any state
by having it run before any servers are started.
|
| 1.7.94.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.92.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.12 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.11 | 04-Apr-2004 |
mrg | move ipmon's "-D" argument from "command_args" to "ipmon_flags" so that
passing an (optional) filename argument (that must come last) works fine
from $ipmon_flags. from PR#25006.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Oct-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.10.2;
ipmon -D writes a pidfile; use it
|
| 1.9 | 18-Apr-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.2;
Revert previous:
+ it was not discussed first
+ it is not consistent with the rest of the rc.d system. everything else:
- has defaults & example configuration in /etc/defaults/rc.conf
- uses lower-case variable names, including ipmon itself
Similar functionality added by the change I'm backing out may be
reintroduced in the future once it's been changed to meet our de-facto
rc.d standards, as opposed to something that appears to have been
lifted from a non-NetBSD source (HP/UX ?) ...
|
| 1.8 | 17-Apr-2002 |
darrenr | load_rc_config needs to be called earlier to pickup the variables from the
config file so they can be used in the rc script itself.
|
| 1.7 | 17-Apr-2002 |
darrenr | Modify the script to use variable names provided by the ipmon conf file to
enable/disable "key" features.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 28-Feb-2002 |
lukem | ipmon: set -D via command_args rather than the default ipmon_flags.
resolves [install/15753]
|
| 1.4 | 05-Jul-2001 |
tron | Start "ipmon" with option "D" for daemon mode instead of starting it
in a subshell.
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 06-Mar-2002 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.4-1.5 (requested by martti):
Added ipfs to save state tables. Use -D for ipmon.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.9.2.2 | 09-Apr-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by mrg in ticket #1663):
move ipmon's "-D" argument from "command_args" to "ipmon_flags" so that
passing an (optional) filename argument (that must come last) works fine
from $ipmon_flags. from PR#25006.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 09-Apr-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by mrg in ticket #1662):
ipmon -D writes a pidfile; use it
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 06-Apr-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.11 (requested by mrg in ticket #66)
Move ipmon's "-D" argument from "command_args" to "ipmon_flags" so that
passing an (optional) filename argument (that must come last) works fine
from $ipmon_flags. PR#25006
|
| 1.13 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.12 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.11 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.10 | 22-Aug-2003 |
mrg | branches: 1.10.4;
ipnat needs to be before SERVERS - one may need NAT for servers to work
(eg, ntpdate).
|
| 1.9 | 16-Feb-2003 |
grant | change behaviour of 'reload' to only reload the NAT rules and NOT flush
the state table, making it much more useful.
The behaviour of 'restart' is unchanged (flush state table and reload
rules), but is now done slightly more elegantly.
ok'd by lukem.
|
| 1.8 | 24-Sep-2002 |
martti | Print a warning message if IP forwarding is not activated (PR#10295).
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.7.2;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | needs to run after mountcritremote, since ipnat is in /usr/sbin
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 12-Mar-2000 |
thorpej | Rearrange so the ouput of this is a bit more cosmetic.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5:
needs to run after mountcritremote, since ipnat is in /usr/sbin
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.7.2.3 | 27-Aug-2003 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by martti in ticket #1442):
ipnat needs to be before SERVERS - one may need NAT for servers to work
(eg, ntpdate).
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 19-Jun-2003 |
msaitoh | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by grant in ticket #1321):
Change behaviour of 'reload' to only reload the NAT rules and NOT flush
the state table, making it much more useful.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 24-Oct-2002 |
lukem | Pull up upgrade to IPfilter 3.4.29 (requested by martti in ticket #905).
Affected files & revisions:
dist/ipf/HISTORY 1.14
dist/ipf/fils.c 1.17-1.21
dist/ipf/ipf.c 1.11-1.13
dist/ipf/ipfs.c 1.8-1.10
dist/ipf/ipft_ef.c 1.6-1.7
dist/ipf/ipft_td.c 1.6-1.7
dist/ipf/ipft_tx.c 1.7-1.8
dist/ipf/ipmon.c 1.12-1.17
dist/ipf/ipnat.c 1.11-1.12
dist/ipf/ipsend/ip_var.h 1.2
dist/ipf/ipsend/ipsend.c 1.8
dist/ipf/ipsend/iptests.c 1.5
dist/ipf/ipt.c 1.8-1.10
dist/ipf/kmem.c 1.8-1.10
dist/ipf/man/ipf.4 1.10
dist/ipf/man/ipf.5 1.8
dist/ipf/man/ipftest.1 1.3
dist/ipf/man/ipmon.8 1.10
dist/ipf/man/ipnat.5 1.9-1.10
dist/ipf/man/ipnat.8 1.4
dist/ipf/misc.c 1.7
dist/ipf/natparse.c 1.10
dist/ipf/parse.c 1.13
dist/ipf/printnat.c 1.8-1.10
dist/ipf/relay.c 1.5-1.6
dist/ipf/rules/example.9 1.2
etc/rc.d/ipnat 1.8
regress/sys/kern/ipf/Makefile 1.3-1.4
regress/sys/kern/ipf/dotest6 1.2
regress/sys/kern/ipf/expected/f13 1.1.1.2
regress/sys/kern/ipf/expected/i12 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/expected/ni3 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/expected/ni5 1.2
regress/sys/kern/ipf/input/f13 1.1.1.2
regress/sys/kern/ipf/input/ipv6.1 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/input/ni3 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/regress/i12 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/regress/ipv6.1 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/regress/ni3.ipf 1.1.1.1
regress/sys/kern/ipf/regress/ni3.nat 1.1.1.1
sys/arch/alpha/conf/ALPHA 1.169,1.171
sys/arch/amiga/conf/GENERIC 1.185-1.186
sys/arch/arc/conf/GENERIC 1.71-1.72
sys/arch/atari/conf/GENERIC.in 1.24-1.25
sys/arch/cats/conf/GENERIC 1.31-1.32
sys/arch/cobalt/conf/GENERIC 1.34-1.35
sys/arch/hp300/conf/GENERIC 1.83-1.84
sys/arch/i386/conf/CARDBUS 1.66-1.67
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC 1.510,1.512
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_LAPTOP 1.58-1.59
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_PS2TINY 1.19-1.20
sys/arch/i386/conf/GENERIC_TINY 1.47-1.48
sys/arch/luna68k/conf/GENERIC 1.33-1.33
sys/arch/mac68k/conf/GENERIC 1.130-1.131
sys/arch/mac68k/conf/GENERICSBC 1.21-1.22
sys/arch/mac68k/conf/SMALLRAM 1.4-1.5
sys/arch/macppc/conf/GENERIC 1.142-1.143
sys/arch/mipsco/conf/GENERIC 1.21-1.22
sys/arch/mmeye/conf/GENERIC 1.44-1.45
sys/arch/news68k/conf/GENERIC 1.36-1.37
sys/arch/news68k/conf/GENERIC_TINY 1.18-1.19
sys/arch/newsmips/conf/GENERIC 1.50-1.51
sys/arch/ofppc/conf/GENERIC 1.56-1.57
sys/arch/pmax/conf/GENERIC 1.103-1.104
sys/arch/prep/conf/GENERIC 1.55-1.56
sys/arch/sbmips/conf/GENERIC 1.11-1.12
sys/arch/sgimips/conf/GENERIC 1.7-1.8
sys/arch/sparc/conf/GENERIC 1.138-1.139
sys/arch/sparc64/conf/GENERIC32 1.46-1.47
sys/arch/vax/conf/GENERIC 1.102-1.103
sys/arch/x68k/conf/ALL 1.55-1.56
sys/arch/x68k/conf/GENERIC 1.80-1.81
sys/lkm/netinet/if_ipl/mln_ipl.c 1.29
sys/netinet/fil.c 1.57-1.58
sys/netinet/ip_auth.c 1.29-1.30
sys/netinet/ip_compat.h 1.30-1.31
sys/netinet/ip_fil.c 1.81-1.86
sys/netinet/ip_fil.h 1.46-1.49
sys/netinet/ip_frag.c 1.33-1.34
sys/netinet/ip_frag.h 1.18
sys/netinet/ip_ftp_pxy.c 1.25-1.26
sys/netinet/ip_h323_pxy.c 1.5-1.6
sys/netinet/ip_log.c 1.22-1.23
sys/netinet/ip_nat.c 1.51-1.53
sys/netinet/ip_nat.h 1.27
sys/netinet/ip_netbios_pxy.c 1.4
sys/netinet/ip_proxy.c 1.35-1.36
sys/netinet/ip_proxy.h 1.18
sys/netinet/ip_state.c 1.41-1.42
sys/netinet/ip_state.h 1.23
sys/netinet/ipl.h 1.14
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.18 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.17 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.16 | 27-Jan-2020 |
kim | Skip inet6 addresses that begin with fe80: (not just exact match).
|
| 1.15 | 13-Aug-2018 |
christos | branches: 1.15.2;
handle v6 addresses
|
| 1.14 | 19-Oct-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.14.12; 1.14.14;
Adjust for new ifconfig address/mask output.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Sep-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.13.8;
wait until our local address is available before configuring.
|
| 1.12 | 14-Jun-2013 |
christos | if ipsec_flags is given, treat it as an interface name and change @LOCAL_ADDR@
to the IP address for it. This makes dynamic addresses work during autoconf.
Also while here in restart, re-use start and stop instead of duplicating them.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.11.8; 1.11.14;
Add "bootconf" to REQUIRE: lines which had beforenetlkm
since removed beforenetlkm required bootconf.
|
| 1.10 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.9 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.9.12;
* Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 21-Jul-2000 |
lukem | - fix typo; the first ipsec_start() should be ipsec_prestart()
- if ipsec.conf isn't readable and the system is booting directly to multiuser,
send SIGTERM to the parent (/etc/rc) so that init(8) aborts the boot.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * remove bogus comment about aborting the boot if ipsec.conf doesn't exist;
this hasn't really worked and is probably too messy to resolve...
|
| 1.3 | 14-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
typo
|
| 1.2 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | TODO; should check /etc/ipsec.conf owner/permission,
while we don't have find(1).
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | add rc.d/ipsec for ipsec configuration. when enabled, it will inject
/etc/ipsec.conf into "setkey -f". PR 9609.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 14-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file ipsec was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-23 15:46:02 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up revs 1.4-1.5
approved by: thorpej
- if ipsec.conf isn't readable and the system is booting directly to multiuser,
send SIGTERM to the parent (/etc/rc) so that init(8) aborts the boot.
- fix typo; the first ipsec_start() should be ipsec_prestart()
|
| 1.9.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.11.14.2 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.11.14.1 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.11.8.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.13.8.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.14.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.14.14.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14.12.1 | 06-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
Resolve a couple of conflicts (result of the uimin/uimax changes)
|
| 1.15.2.1 | 31-Jan-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #676):
etc/rc.d/ipsec: revision 1.16
Skip inet6 addresses that begin with fe80: (not just exact match).
|
| 1.1 | 30-Apr-2006 |
rpaulo | Add a script to start irdaattach on boot.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.1 | 08-Feb-2006 |
agc | branches: 1.1.20;
Add distribution entries and supporting files for the iSCSI target.
|
| 1.1.20.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.2 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Feb-2015 |
joerg | Add rc script for /sbin/iscsid.
|
| 1.5 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Clean up obsolere test(1) -a option/operator - use sh && instead.
Take the opportunity to do a little sh formatting cleanups, the \
line continuation can ususually be avoided by placing sh operators at
the appropriate places.
Note the [ x"$var" = x"$other" ] usage no longer needs the 'x',
avoiding that kind of nonsense is partly why test was much more
precisely specified, and a lot of the unnecessary stuff made obsolete.
Those however I did not remove (they're harmless).
|
| 1.4 | 22-Jul-2023 |
mlelstv | Don't specify a volume alias if none is given instead of using a default
name. Otherwise iscsictl fails for using non-unique names if more than
one volume is used.
|
| 1.3 | 18-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Handle missing auth file.
Skip empty lines.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Feb-2023 |
martin | If /etc/iscsi/volumes does not exist, explicitly exit with 0 status
|
| 1.1 | 03-Feb-2023 |
mlelstv | Add start script to attach iscsi volumes at boot.
The default is to execute the script (iscsid_volumes=YES), so if you have
any volumes defined, you should also start iscsid (iscsid=YES) to avoid
error messages.
|
| 1.11 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.10.92; 1.10.94;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.9 | 10-Apr-2002 |
martin | Now that isdnd does auto-UP/DOWN itself, remove it from the rc.d script.
Remove all related rc.conf options as well, we now have fine-grained
controll in /etc/isdn/isdnd.rc.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.6 | 16-Mar-2002 |
martin | Rename ISDN devices, per discussion on tech-kern. The network devices
become ippp (ISDN ppp) and irip (ISDN raw IP). The character device now
are called: /dev/isdn (isdnd <-> kernel communication), /dev/isdnctl (dialing
and other control), /dev/isdntrc* (tracing), /dev/isdnbchan* (raw B channel
access, i.e. for user land PPP) and /dev/isdntel* (telephone devices, i.e.
for answering machines).
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.4 | 26-Apr-2001 |
lukem | minor cleanup. add note to why syslogd is here (a la note in ppp)
|
| 1.3 | 08-Jan-2001 |
martin | Supply enough rope to let the user disable or override all interface
up/down magic.
|
| 1.2 | 07-Jan-2001 |
martin | Don't fiddle with any isdn interface if the isdnd variable is set to NO
in rc.conf.
Actually do install the isdnd script.
|
| 1.1 | 07-Jan-2001 |
martin | Add startup script for isdnd.
|
| 1.10.94.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.92.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.1 | 17-Dec-2011 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.1.4;
Add an rc.d(8) script for isibootd(8). Taken from ndbootd(8).
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 17-Dec-2011 |
yamt | file isibootd was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:02:59 +0000
|
| 1.7 | 16-Jan-2008 |
lukem | branches: 1.7.2;
Ensure kdc starts after syslogd and ntpdate.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.16;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | The KDC requires only the network. Anyone running a KDC with
the binary on NFS deserves to lose.
|
| 1.2 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.2;
Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.2 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | file kdc was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-08-06 21:39:04 +0000
|
| 1.6.16.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.2.2 | 16-Jan-2008 |
lukem | Ensure kdc starts after syslogd and ntpdate.
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 16-Jan-2008 |
lukem | file kdc was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-01-16 23:58:27 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 06-Aug-2000 |
thorpej | Update from trunk:
Startup script glue for the Heimdal KDC.
|
| 1.9 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Use rcvar=$name syntax consistently in rc.d scripts which makes it easier to
search for rc.d scripts where rcvar differs from name. No functional change.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 03-Jun-2004 |
abs | add rcvar
|
| 1.6 | 08-Jan-2003 |
jhawk | branches: 1.6.2;
Run ldconfig with ${rc_flags} so you can set ldconfig_flags in rc.conf
to specify additional a.out directories to merge into the runtime link
cache.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | store path to ldconfig in a variable and reference that
|
| 1.3 | 29-Sep-2000 |
fvdl | Mention "a.out" in the start message to be clear about the purpose of
this script.
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 07-Jun-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by abs in ticket #455):
add rcvar
|
| 1.1 | 13-Jan-2011 |
kefren | add ldpd rc script
|
| 1.9 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 08-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Reorganize the sysdb script so that lkm{1,2,3} can request that the
dev database be rebuilt after loading modules. Loading modules might
create new nodes in /dev, but the dev database is being initialized
too soon for lkm2 and lkm3. This means that, eg, /dev/xf86 (typically
marked AFTERMOUNT and loaded by lkm2) will show up properly. Reviewed
by lukem.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Use && and || for logical concatenations instead of -a/-o test operators.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | `REQUIRE bootconf' in lkm1 rather than `BEFORE beforenetlkm' in bootconf.sh
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jul-2000 |
lukem | share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4
`REQUIRE bootconf' in lkm1 rather than `BEFORE beforenetlkm'
in bootconf.sh
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 08-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Reorganize the sysdb script so that lkm{1,2,3} can request that the
dev database be rebuilt after loading modules. Loading modules might
create new nodes in /dev, but the dev database is being initialized
too soon for lkm2 and lkm3. This means that, eg, /dev/xf86 (typically
marked AFTERMOUNT and loaded by lkm2) will show up properly. Reviewed
by lukem.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 15-Jul-2000 |
lukem | share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 08-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Reorganize the sysdb script so that lkm{1,2,3} can request that the
dev database be rebuilt after loading modules. Loading modules might
create new nodes in /dev, but the dev database is being initialized
too soon for lkm2 and lkm3. This means that, eg, /dev/xf86 (typically
marked AFTERMOUNT and loaded by lkm2) will show up properly. Reviewed
by lukem.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 15-Jul-2000 |
lukem | share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Add missing checkyesno's.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jan-2021 |
martin | Rename etc/rc.d/llvmlockdir to lvmlockdir - it has nothing to do with LLVM,
the name probably was a freudian slip of my fingers when I split that
fragment out of another rc.d script.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.1 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | support running /etc/rc.shutdown.local
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Apr-2000 |
lukem | as this script is primarily for compatibility (with people's
rc.local), call it in a way that is compatible with the old behaviour:
* remove the stop case
* don't set $1="start" in the start case
xxx: it's debatable if this script should even exist, but i digress ;-)
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5:
support running /etc/rc.shutdown.local
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.8 | 21-Aug-2021 |
andvar | fix mainly same typos as in my previous commit but outside sys/dev/dm.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.6 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.5 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Apr-2009 |
haad | We need writable /dev to get lvm working otherwise lvm devices can't be created.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Mar-2009 |
haad | When setting LV_LIST variable do not use $LV_LIST.
|
| 1.2 | 20-Jan-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.2.2;
Rework lvm rc.d script. Check active flag for selected LV not for the first
one. Remove dmtest function.
Most changes are based on feedback from salo@.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.1.2;
Add lvm rc script for starting LV's during boot. starting lvm is turn off
by default, until MKLVM is enabled by default. This script can be used
without /usr/bin.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 14-Jan-2009 |
mjf | file lvm was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2009-01-17 20:43:44 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.1 | 26-Jan-2021 |
martin | Rename etc/rc.d/llvmlockdir to lvmlockdir - it has nothing to do with LLVM,
the name probably was a freudian slip of my fingers when I split that
fragment out of another rc.d script.
|
| 1.4 | 29-Aug-2012 |
wiz | Use new makemandb -Q flag to be really quiet.
|
| 1.3 | 17-Jun-2012 |
isaki | Remove unnecessary checkyesno which I commited before.
${rcvar}_start is skipped if rcvar is not set to YES.
Pointed out by joerg@ and tsutsui@.
Should be pulled up to netbsd-6.
|
| 1.2 | 12-Jun-2012 |
isaki | Allows you to disable it if makemandb=NO in rc.conf.
Thanks tsutsui@ and Yasushi Oshima.
|
| 1.1 | 07-Feb-2012 |
joerg | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Import the new apropos/whatis.
This code has been developed by Abhinav Upadhyay as part of Google's Summer
of Code 2011. It uses libmandoc to parse man pages and builds a Full
Text Index in a SQLite database. The combination of indexing the full
manual page, filtering out stop words and ranking individual matches
based on the section gives a much improved user experience.
The old makewhatis and friends are kept under MKMAKEMANDB=no for now.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 07-Feb-2012 |
yamt | file makemandb was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:02:59 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 20-Nov-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #676):
usr.sbin/makemandb/apropos.c: revision 1.7
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.8: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.8: revision 1.4
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.8: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/makemandb: revision 1.4
etc/weekly: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.c: revision 1.10
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.c: revision 1.11
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.c: revision 1.12
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.c: revision 1.13
usr.sbin/makemandb/makemandb.c: revision 1.14
usr.sbin/makemandb/apropos.1: revision 1.5
etc/daily: revision 1.87
Add HISTORY section. From Abhinav Upadhyay in private mail.
Sync with reality, From Abhinav Upadhyay in private mail.
Fix typo in a message.
Bug fix for PR 46733:
> makemandb always reports the same number for "Total Number of new or
> updated pages enountered" and "Total number of (hard or symbolic)
> links found".
Patch from Abhinav Upadhyay.
Sort options in SYNOPSIS.
Sync usage with manpage.
Add -Q flag:
Print only fatal error messages (i.e., when the database is left in
an inconsistent state and needs manual intervention).
From Abhinav Upadhyay <er.abhinav.upadhyay@gmail.com>.
Use new makemandb -Q flag to be really quiet.
Fix usage, from Abhinav Upadhyay <er.abhinav.upadhyay@gmail.com>.
Use emalloc in one more place, like the rest of the code does.
From Abhinav Upadhyay <er.abhinav.upadhyay@gmail.com>.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 24-Jun-2012 |
jdc | Pull up revisions:
src/etc/rc.d/makemandb revisions 1.2,1.3
(requested by isaki in ticket #350).
Allows you to disable it if makemandb=NO in rc.conf.
Thanks tsutsui@ and Yasushi Oshima.
Remove unnecessary checkyesno which I commited before.
${rcvar}_start is skipped if rcvar is not set to YES.
Pointed out by joerg@ and tsutsui@.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.5 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.4 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.3 | 15-Oct-2015 |
roy | Make mdnsd start before NETWORKING and require staticroute, mountcritlocal
and networking.
Fixes PR install/43313.
|
| 1.2 | 23-Jan-2010 |
drochner | fix an obvious typo in directory check
|
| 1.1 | 29-Sep-2009 |
tsarna | Multicast DNS ("Bonjour") support, based on Apple's mDNSResponder.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Mar-2007 |
abs | Ignore comment (starting with #) lines in mixerctl.conf
|
| 1.9 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.9.10;
Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 11-Jan-2004 |
uebayasi | Set an rcvar so that this can really be configurable by the rcvar. (This
means that it has long been not be able to do so!)
|
| 1.6 | 18-Aug-2003 |
tron | Don't use depricated "-f" option to mixerctl(1). Patch supplied by
Bruce J.A. Nourish in PR misc/22524.
|
| 1.5 | 12-Oct-2002 |
kent | /etc/rc.d/mixerctl: Add capability to save and restore mixer settings.
Thanks to Julio Merino.
|
| 1.4 | 16-Jul-2002 |
rafal | Skip blank lines in the input file (mixerctl.conf).
|
| 1.3 | 11-Jun-2002 |
lukem | - at least require mountcritremote (mixerctl is in /usr)
- read from < mixerctl.conf instead of piping output of cat...
|
| 1.2 | 02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill | Fix typo.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jun-2002 |
jmcneill | Add boot script to load mixer settings from /etc/mixerctl.conf, if present.
This allows one to preserve mixer settings across reboots by running:
mixerctl -a >/etc/mixerctl.conf
|
| 1.9.10.1 | 31-Mar-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by abs in ticket #525):
etc/rc.d/mixerctl: revision 1.10
Ignore comment (starting with #) lines in mixerctl.conf
|
| 1.2 | 06-Apr-2015 |
mlelstv | Parse config file like ifconfig.if(5).
First word is always the module name, followed by options.
Load modules right after root filesystem is checked and before it
becomes writable.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Mar-2015 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.1.2;
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 16-May-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #779):
etc/rc.d/modules: revision 1.2
Parse config file like ifconfig.if(5).
First word is always the module name, followed by options.
Load modules right after root filesystem is checked and before it
becomes writable.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 26-Mar-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #635):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.92
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1497
share/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.71
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.132
etc/rc.d/modules: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.190
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.236
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.152
share/man/man5/modules.conf.5: revision 1.1
Process /etc/modules.conf (if present) at startup, before securelevel is
raised, to allow module loading on ports without a module aware bootloader.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Mar-2015 |
martin | file modules was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-03-26 10:54:35 +0000
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.11 | 11-Sep-2020 |
kim | Make a ": " suffix a fixed part of the release info tag
This results in correct updates to /etc/motd even when the value of
motd_release_tag is changed (a likely event).
Add safe quoting to outputting the read kernel version.
Thanks to kre@ for the feedback.
|
| 1.10 | 11-Sep-2020 |
kim | Add optional release info in /etc/motd
My personal preferencese for /etc/rc.conf:
update_motd_release=YES
motd_release_tag='Binaries: '
This provides an explanation to users about the second version in motd.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.86; 1.9.96;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | wrap file creation operation in: ( umask 022 ; <command...> )
|
| 1.6 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | - Remove extra 'rm -f' since file redirect safely clobbers existing files.
- Remove one sed invocation replacing it with shell internal construct.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-2000 |
chuck | if update_motd is set, do not gratuitously force it to have an empty line
in it. also be a bit smarter about deleting stuff from motd during
update. it is now possible to have a one line motd just like in SunOS.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 01-Aug-2000 |
chuck | pull up 1.3->1.4 changes (approved by thorpej)
|
| 1.9.96.1 | 13-Sep-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #1080):
etc/rc.d/motd: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/motd: revision 1.11
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.186
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.187
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.159
Add optional release info in /etc/motd
My personal preferencese for /etc/rc.conf:
update_motd_release=YES
motd_release_tag='Binaries: '
This provides an explanation to users about the second version in motd.
Document update_motd_release and motd_release_tag
New sentence, new line.
Make a ": " suffix a fixed part of the release info tag
This results in correct updates to /etc/motd even when the value of
motd_release_tag is changed (a likely event).
Add safe quoting to outputting the read kernel version.
Thanks to kre@ for the feedback.
|
| 1.9.86.1 | 13-Sep-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #1603):
etc/rc.d/motd: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/motd: revision 1.11
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.186
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.187
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.159
Add optional release info in /etc/motd
My personal preferencese for /etc/rc.conf:
update_motd_release=YES
motd_release_tag='Binaries: '
This provides an explanation to users about the second version in motd.
Document update_motd_release and motd_release_tag
New sentence, new line.
Make a ": " suffix a fixed part of the release info tag
This results in correct updates to /etc/motd even when the value of
motd_release_tag is changed (a likely event).
Add safe quoting to outputting the read kernel version.
Thanks to kre@ for the feedback.
|
| 1.15 | 09-Mar-2021 |
sborrill | Need to explicitly load value of zfs variable as zfs=YES may be set in
/etc/rc.conf.d/zfs, not /etc/rc.conf.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Feb-2021 |
hannken | Enable "/etc/zfs/exports" from "zfs share" in rc.d/mountd and rc.d/mountall.
|
| 1.13 | 01-Mar-2020 |
roy | mountall: Mount ZFS filesystems before fstab
This allows null mounts in fstab to reference fstab mounts.
It's highly unlikely ZFS mounts would reference anything outside of ZFS.
|
| 1.12 | 23-Feb-2020 |
riastradh | If zfs=YES, unconditioally do zfs mount/unmount -a.
If you set zfs=YES, presumably you positively want the automatic rc.d
actions, so if there's no /sbin/zfs or if zfs can't find pools with
/etc/zfs/zpool.cache, presumably you would like feedback about that
in rc.log.
|
| 1.11 | 15-Sep-2019 |
brad | Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
|
| 1.10 | 08-Jun-2018 |
sevan | branches: 1.10.2; 1.10.4;
Prior to ZFSv15, volinit was an undocumented command which could be used to
populate /dev with zvol device nodes.
Following on with the recent ZFS/DTrace update, this is no longer a valid option
and causes the mountall script to barf zfs usage() following from
unrecognized command 'volinit' error.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Jul-2014 |
wiz | branches: 1.9.22;
'file system' for consistency with documentation (instead of 'filesystem').
|
| 1.8 | 18-Oct-2009 |
haad | branches: 1.8.12; 1.8.24;
Add zfs volinit command, suggested by tnn@ this will initialize all zvols
defined in a system. So they can be mounted from fstab as regular block
devices.
|
| 1.7 | 05-Oct-2009 |
haad | Add support for mounting zfs filesystems to mountall script. ZFS configuration
is stored in /etc/zpool.cache and it is automatically loaded to kernel from
filesystem. Filesystems are then configured accordingly to their properties
loaded from cache file.
|
| 1.6 | 01-Dec-2008 |
tsutsui | /etc/rc.d/mountall should obviously REQUIRE mountcritremote, and
may also REQUIRE named and ypbind for NFS hostname in fstab(5).
|
| 1.5 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.4.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 27-Apr-2000 |
veego | Use the stop_cmd to unmount the filesystems with 'umount -a'.
This helps to fix the unclean reboots (at least on my system).
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.8.24.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.9.22.1 | 25-Jun-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.4.3 | 09-Mar-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1230):
etc/rc.d/mountall: revision 1.15
Need to explicitly load value of zfs variable as zfs=YES may be set in
/etc/rc.conf.d/zfs, not /etc/rc.conf.
|
| 1.10.4.2 | 25-Feb-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #725):
etc/rc.d/mountall: revision 1.12
external/cddl/osnet/dist/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_vnops.c: revision 1.59
external/cddl/osnet/sys/kern/misc.c: revision 1.8
external/cddl/osnet/dist/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa_history.c: revision 1.5
external/cddl/osnet/dist/uts/common/fs/zfs/spa_history.c: revision 1.6
external/cddl/osnet/dist/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_vnops.c: revision 1.60
external/cddl/osnet/dist/uts/common/fs/zfs/zfs_vnops.c: revision 1.61
Define VOP_STRATEGY on zfs device nodes too.
Fixes eternal hangs in attempts to do I/O on device nodes on zfs.
XXX pullup
Teach zfs spec nodes to VOP_BWRITE too.
Fixes hang on writing to, e.g., ffs mounted on a device node that
lives on zfs.
XXX pullup
Teach device nodes on zfs to handle fsync by calling spec_fsync too.
If zfs=YES, unconditioally do zfs mount/unmount -a.
If you set zfs=YES, presumably you positively want the automatic rc.d
actions, so if there's no /sbin/zfs or if zfs can't find pools with
/etc/zfs/zpool.cache, presumably you would like feedback about that
in rc.log.
Report the OS name and release appropriately for NetBSD.
We are not OpenSolaris or uts!
Mark previous #ifdef __NetBSD__, per request from hannken.
|
| 1.10.4.1 | 27-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by brad in ticket #250):
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.2
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.3
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.4
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.5
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1652
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1653
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.259
etc/rc.d/mountall: revision 1.11
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/cddl/osnet/dist/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.105
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.1217
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.106
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.152
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.1
Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
mount_zfs.8: add xref to fstab(5)
Use more markup.
Include mount_zfs man pages only for MKZFS builds.
Moved zfs out of MKX11 block.
Fix build failure without X11.
Add a copyright to the man page and a bit of history.
Use Pa macro for path
new sentence, new line
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.17 | 20-Feb-2022 |
alnsn | Enable critical_filesystems_zfs.
|
| 1.16 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.15 | 23-Jul-2016 |
kre | Cause rc to abort if mounting any of the critical local filesystems fails
rather than just ignoring the error.
Don't bother attempting to clear the contents of /var/run if /var/run
does not exist.
In that case the mkdir of /var/run/lvm would have failed - correct that
by using mkdir -p (which as a side effect will ensure /var/run exists
and is available for later scripts to use if for some reason it did not exist.)
|
| 1.14 | 22-Jul-2014 |
wiz | branches: 1.14.6;
'file system' for consistency with documentation (instead of 'filesystem').
|
| 1.13 | 13-Jan-2011 |
haad | branches: 1.13.12; 1.13.24;
Use chown now when it's available without /usr mounted.
|
| 1.12 | 08-Jan-2011 |
haad | Use /rescue/chown not chown from /usr/sbin which might not be available in
time of running this script.
XXX. Why is chown in /usr/sbin ? it should be moved to /sbin
|
| 1.11 | 05-Jan-2011 |
haad | Allow operator to use lvm in read-only mode. Switch LVM lock dir to
/var/run/lvm and create it in rc.d/mountcritlocal. Fix dm control device
permissions to allow rw for operator.
Test if we are running lvm commands as operator and if that it's true do not
create vg backups and do not print confusing warning.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Nov-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.9.28;
goodbye uucp
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | don't bother warning or supporting obsolete $critical_filesystems_beforenet
or $critical_filesystems; postinstall now checks for these
|
| 1.6 | 27-Mar-2002 |
lukem | Replace $critical_filesystems_beforenet with $critical_filesystems_local .
Replace $critical_filesystems with $critical_filesystems_remote .
The new names are now consistent with the type argument that
mount_critical_filesystems() is called with, and allows for other types to
be easily supported by that function.
For backwards compatibility purposes, if the now obsolete variable is defined
(even empty), it takes precedence over the new form, and you will be warned.
If you want to stop the warnings, update your rc.conf(5) settings!
|
| 1.5 | 28-Feb-2001 |
lukem | clarify purposes
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jul-2000 |
lukem | move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.9.28.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.13.24.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.13.12.1 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.14.6.1 | 26-Jul-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.11 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Jul-2014 |
wiz | 'file system' for consistency with documentation (instead of 'filesystem').
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.56; 1.8.70;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | don't bother warning or supporting obsolete $critical_filesystems_beforenet
or $critical_filesystems; postinstall now checks for these
|
| 1.6 | 27-Mar-2002 |
lukem | Replace $critical_filesystems_beforenet with $critical_filesystems_local .
Replace $critical_filesystems with $critical_filesystems_remote .
The new names are now consistent with the type argument that
mount_critical_filesystems() is called with, and allows for other types to
be easily supported by that function.
For backwards compatibility purposes, if the now obsolete variable is defined
(even empty), it takes precedence over the new form, and you will be warned.
If you want to stop the warnings, update your rc.conf(5) settings!
|
| 1.5 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.4 | 28-Feb-2001 |
lukem | clarify purposes
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.70.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.8.56.1 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Feb-2021 |
hannken | Enable "/etc/zfs/exports" from "zfs share" in rc.d/mountd and rc.d/mountall.
|
| 1.13 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.12 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.12.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.11 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.10 | 16-Jun-2001 |
lukem | change mountd to use its own $mountd variable (instead of $nfs_server).
nfsd will complain if mountd isn't set. from [misc/13135] by Johnny C. Lam.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Apr-2001 |
lukem | kre notes that "echo -n" is superfluous when creating a zero length file
|
| 1.8 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | wrap file creation operation in: ( umask 022 ; <command...> )
|
| 1.7 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.6 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.6.2;
* Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.5 | 29-May-2000 |
bouyer | Depends on quota; when quotached runs while NFS clients are writing,
bad things happens.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | mountd requires mountall.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.12.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 29-Oct-2001 |
augustss | Add moused, default off.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.29 | 10-Jul-2024 |
christos | account for filter-aaaa.so rename and move
|
| 1.28 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | branches: 1.28.2;
Clean up obsolete test(1) usage - use sh's || instead of test's obsolete -o,
and sh's && instead of test's obsolete -a.
Minor formatting cleanups, including removing unneeded \ line continuations.
The somewhat bizarre way that named_migrate() was made to work in a
subshell (which of itself is fine, and looks needed) has been made more
rational. Because of that, the need to use local vars is no longer there,
(subshells can't affect the parent) and "local" in that func could be deleted
(but hasn't been).
|
| 1.27 | 31-Mar-2021 |
christos | handle copying of plugins to the chroot
|
| 1.26 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.25 | 13-Jul-2014 |
tls | Make named and the rest of BIND seed their RNG from /dev/urandom, not /dev/random. Better would be to rip the enormous gonkulating RNG machinery out of libisc entirely. Later.
|
| 1.24 | 08-Jul-2014 |
spz | create /etc/rndc.key on start if it doesn't already exist
|
| 1.23 | 01-Oct-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.23.8;
PR/47024: Taylor R Campbell: handle "keys" directory and directory
permissions in general
|
| 1.22 | 03-Aug-2009 |
perry | branches: 1.22.6; 1.22.8; 1.22.10; 1.22.12;
ntpdate can't work without named because a modern ntp.conf has dns
names in it. We therefore now depend on it.
However, this would have then created a circular dependency because named
depended on "SERVERS", and racoon was before SERVERS and required kdc,
and kdc needs the time to be right and thus depended on ntp.
Instead, have named depend on NETWORKING (so that there is a network
there), mountcritremote (so we know that named has a directory to work
from) and syslogd (so that named has some place to spew information).
I'm not sure this is perfect, but it is certainly a big improvement
over constantly failing ntpdate runs during boot.
|
| 1.21 | 25-Apr-2009 |
christos | handle new directory structure.
|
| 1.20 | 24-Apr-2009 |
christos | PR/41273: Martin Mersberger: missing '/' in /etc/rc.d/named in section
named_migrate
|
| 1.19 | 22-Apr-2009 |
christos | Adjust for new default location of the pid file.
|
| 1.18 | 29-Nov-2005 |
christos | branches: 1.18.28; 1.18.30; 1.18.32; 1.18.34;
fix migration problems:
1. missing slash created namedb127 files in the dest dir.
2. /etc/named.conf was not getting migrated.
|
| 1.17 | 17-Jul-2005 |
christos | Improve on the migration bit. Check if files are different, and if not,
remove the source and leave a symlink behind. Otherwise, let the user know.
|
| 1.16 | 17-Jul-2005 |
christos | Copy and link files to allow a chrooted named to start-up automatically.
|
| 1.15 | 17-Mar-2005 |
tron | Replace hardcoded "/var/run/named.pid" with ${pidfile}.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.13 | 21-May-2004 |
christos | create /dev/random when chrooted.
|
| 1.12 | 18-Dec-2003 |
christos | prepare for bind 9.
|
| 1.11 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.10.2;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-2001 |
lukem | if named_chrootdir is set, always repoint the /var/run/named.pid and
/var/run/ndc symlinks, because named_chrootdir might change between
restarts and the symlinks weren't getting updated correctly in the old code.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Mar-2001 |
lukem | if $named_chrootdir != "", ensure that the following files, devices,
and links exist:
${named_chrootdir}/usr/libexec/named-xfer
${named_chrootdir}/dev/null
${named_chrootdir}/etc/localtime
/var/run/named.pid -> ${named_chrootdir}/var/run/named.pid
/var/run/ndc -> ${named_chrootdir}/var/run/ndc
and then start named with the appropriate options to run chroot(2)ed
under $named_chrootdir as user named group named.
to take advantage of this, an admin should copy /etc/namedb ->
${named_chrootdir}/etc/namedb, and set named_chrootdir in /etc/rc.conf.
[dev/null & etc/localtime setup inspired by openbsd. i already had the rest]
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | only support reload as an extra command; there's too much special case
code that needs to be implemented to make this script totally replicate
what /usr/sbin/ndc does.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.10.2.1 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.11 (requested by lukem in ticket #316):
Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.18.34.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.18.32.1 | 10-Jan-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1519):
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.21
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.19
Adjust for new default location of the pid file.
handle new directory structure.
|
| 1.18.30.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.18.28.2 | 07-Jan-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1519):
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.21
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.19
Adjust for new default location of the pid file.
handle new directory structure.
|
| 1.18.28.1 | 15-Nov-2009 |
snj | branches: 1.18.28.1.2;
Pull up following revision(s) (requested by dholland in ticket #1146):
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.20
PR/41273: Martin Mersberger: missing '/' in /etc/rc.d/named in section
named_migrate
|
| 1.18.28.1.2.1 | 09-Jan-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1519):
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.21
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.19
Adjust for new default location of the pid file.
handle new directory structure.
|
| 1.22.12.2 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.22.12.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.22.10.1 | 01-Nov-2012 |
matt | sync with netbsd-6-0-RELEASE.
|
| 1.22.8.1 | 09-Oct-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by christos in ticket #587):
etc/rc.d/named: revision 1.23
PR/47024: Taylor R Campbell: handle "keys" directory and directory
permissions in general
|
| 1.22.6.1 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.28.2.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 22-May-2001 |
fredette | sunndd has been renamed to ndbootd.
|
| 1.85 | 16-Oct-2020 |
kim | network: Update rtsol options
- Use "-6" instead of "--noipv4" as it seems more appropriate based on
the dhcpcd(8) manual page.
- Remove "-f /dev/null" as it seems unnecessary with "-6".
- Remove "--persistent" as it is in the default /etc/dhcpcd.conf,
and this way the user can change it, if they would like to (either
through dhcpcd_flags or by editing /etc/dhcpcd.conf).
The "-b" (or "--background") option is needed to avoid a timeout error
message (and a delay in booting), so it is still left in place.
|
| 1.84 | 15-Oct-2020 |
kim | Update "rtsol" keyword: leave IPv6 autoconf on
There is no need to turn off ipv6_autoconf or dhcp6 in dhcpcd to match
the previous behaviour with in-kernel RA processing.
|
| 1.83 | 11-Oct-2020 |
kim | Make "rtsol" functional again.
|
| 1.82 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.81 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.80 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.79 | 12-Jun-2020 |
roy | Remove in-kernel handling of Router Advertisements
This is much better handled by a user-land tool.
Proposed on tech-net here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-net/2020/04/22/msg007766.html
Note that the ioctl SIOCGIFINFO_IN6 no longer sets flags. That now
needs to be done using the pre-existing SIOCSIFINFO_FLAGS ioctl.
Compat is fully provided where it makes sense, but trying to turn on
RA handling will obviously throw an error as it no longer exists.
Note that if you use IPv6 temporary addresses, this now needs to be
turned on in dhcpcd.conf(5) rather than in sysctl.conf(5).
|
| 1.78 | 15-Apr-2020 |
kim | Add an "rtsol" keyword to ifconfig.if for enabling IPv6 RS/RA
|
| 1.77 | 22-Feb-2020 |
roy | rc.d/network: improve wording of waiting for DAD to finish
|
| 1.76 | 23-Oct-2018 |
mrg | branches: 1.76.2;
only flush routes in stop routine if flushroutes is true, same as
the start up.
|
| 1.75 | 27-Jul-2018 |
roy | Allow rc.conf to setup resolv.conf via resolvconf(8).
This allows all static network config to be in rc.conf rather than
spread across files.
|
| 1.74 | 29-Jun-2018 |
roy | Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
| 1.73 | 06-Jul-2017 |
kre | branches: 1.73.4; 1.73.6;
Revert previous - not a typo, even though it looks like one
|
| 1.72 | 06-Jul-2017 |
kre | PR misc/52370
Correct typo.
XXX pullup 8, pullup 7
|
| 1.71 | 06-Mar-2016 |
christos | branches: 1.71.8;
use kat, a version of cat that strips comments
|
| 1.70 | 07-Jan-2016 |
roy | Instead of waiting for a duration based in IPv6 DAD count sysctl,
wait for 15 seconds for tentative flags to clear allowing 5 seconds
for detached flags to clear as well from configured addresses.
This is now protocol independant and allows time for the interfaces to
work out if they have a carrier or not.
|
| 1.69 | 14-Oct-2014 |
christos | fix syntax error
|
| 1.68 | 21-Sep-2014 |
roy | Use checkyesnox to test rtsol as it has been removed including its
default configuration which we should not warn about.
|
| 1.67 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Remove rtsol(8) and rtsold(8) as their functionality is in dhcpcd(8).
Remove rtsol(8) from rc.d/network.
Add -w seconds command to ifconfig to wait for N seconds for until DAD
has finished on all addresses.
Use ifconfig -w in rc.d/network instead of a forced sleep.
As discussed on tech-net@
|
| 1.66 | 29-Apr-2014 |
uebayasi | Indent.
|
| 1.65 | 29-Apr-2014 |
uebayasi | Refactor a little to remove huge indents.
|
| 1.64 | 29-Apr-2014 |
uebayasi | Split huge monolithic functions for readability.
|
| 1.63 | 20-Apr-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.63.6;
don't attempt to create interfaces that exist and don't hide errors.
|
| 1.62 | 02-Nov-2012 |
yamt | print something before sleeping so that a user like me can see
what the mysterious pause is.
|
| 1.61 | 26-Sep-2010 |
apb | branches: 1.61.6; 1.61.12;
Collapse <abckslash><newline> sequences in /etc/ifconfig.xxx files read
by /etc/rc.d/network. Fixes PR 41662 by Christoph Badura, which was
also reported independently by Jeremy C. Reed.
|
| 1.60 | 11-Sep-2009 |
cegger | backout rev. 1.59. Will be re-done differently.
|
| 1.59 | 08-Sep-2009 |
cegger | Do not flush routes if root file system is nfs mounted.
Fixes boot problem when the nfs server is in a different subnet.
|
| 1.58 | 14-May-2009 |
roy | Only start dhcpcd per interface if not running the full dhcpcd daemon.
Only stop dhcpcd pre interface if it's running for the interface.
Fixes PR bin/40320
|
| 1.57 | 11-Oct-2008 |
christos | branches: 1.57.2; 1.57.8;
eval arguments one more time so that quoting works.
|
| 1.56 | 26-Sep-2008 |
apb | Move default route configuration after interface alias address
configuration, in case people have default routes over aliased
addresses.
|
| 1.55 | 20-Sep-2008 |
apb | remove an unecessary "eval"
|
| 1.54 | 20-Sep-2008 |
apb | * Allow multiple commands in $ifconfig_xxN variables in rc.conf(5).
This may be done either by embedding newlines in the value,
or by using semicolons to represent line breaks (but not both at once).
* Allow shell quoting insode $ifconfig_xxN variables or /etc/ifconfig.xxN
files. This allows something like ifconfig_wi0="ssid 'my network'; dhcp"
|
| 1.53 | 24-Jul-2008 |
reed | Use absolute path for various /sbin tools.
This is consistent with several other rc.d scripts
and fixes problem with /sbin not in PATH.
(Tested several times for over three weeks, but not all
parts of this code were used by me.)
|
| 1.52 | 29-May-2008 |
joerg | Allow per-interface DHCP configuration using dhcpcd via
ifconfig_xxN=dhcp or a dhcp line in /etc/ifconfig.xxN.
|
| 1.51 | 10-Feb-2007 |
reed | branches: 1.51.12; 1.51.14; 1.51.16;
Fix typo/mispelling in comment.
|
| 1.50 | 24-Nov-2005 |
rpaulo | RFC 3879 deprecated the IPv6 site-local prefix (fec0::/10):
* remove all references to $ip6sitelocal and output a warning
message if the variable is defined.
* introduce $ip6uniquelocal (defaults to 'NO') that will control the
behaviour of the system when $ip6mode is ``router'' (i.e. fc00::/7
will not be routed if the variable is ``NO'') as per RFC 4193.
Thanks to Jonathan A. Kollasch for pointing this out in PR 32152.
|
| 1.49 | 28-Jun-2005 |
symka | PR/29317: ifconfig.if does not allow parameters with spaces
OKeyd by christos@
|
| 1.48 | 26-Apr-2005 |
cjs | Make ifaliases_lo0 in rc.conf work just like other interfaces (instead of
being ignored). Also, when configuring aliases set as ifaliases_xxN,
print out the interface name and the alias address.
|
| 1.47 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | branches: 1.47.2;
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.46 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.45 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.44 | 12-Oct-2003 |
jdc | branches: 1.44.4;
Allow an IPv6 default route to be set from /etc/mygate6 or $defaultroute6.
Approved by itojun@.
|
| 1.43 | 09-Jan-2003 |
christos | revert previous; luke and matt want this as a separate script.
|
| 1.42 | 09-Jan-2003 |
christos | Add /etc/route.conf processing to add static routes. Removes one more
reason for netstart.local.
|
| 1.41 | 07-Jan-2003 |
tron | Revert last change for now. It causes hangs during system shutdown when
NFS filesystems are mounted.
|
| 1.40 | 06-Jan-2003 |
tron | Add keyword "shutdown" so that this script is really executed on system
shutdown to delete clone interfaces.
|
| 1.39 | 05-Oct-2002 |
tron | Automatically create and destroy cloning interfaces and sync IP Filter
immediately afterwards before bringing the interface up. This avoids
a small security gap existing in the previous scheme where IP Filter
was synced after all cloning interfaces were created and brought up.
|
| 1.38 | 04-May-2002 |
tron | branches: 1.38.2;
Sync ipf(4) after starting or stopping. This is necesarry to make filter
rules for dynamically created interfaces like pppoe(4) effective.
|
| 1.37 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | don't bother warning or supporting obsolete $ip6forwarding;
postinstall now checks for this
|
| 1.36 | 27-Mar-2002 |
lukem | clean up warning
|
| 1.35 | 24-Mar-2002 |
sommerfeld | Improve information density of output -- add the dozen -reject routes
with "route -q" since they are always the same and convey no useful
information.
While we're here, use sysctl -qw instead of sysctl -w >/dev/null
|
| 1.34 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.33 | 22-Jul-2001 |
wiz | seperate -> separate
|
| 1.32 | 08-Jul-2001 |
lukem | After itojun's recent RTF_CLONED and other changes, it's not necessary to
add a route from an alias address to 127.0.0.1, so remove that code.
It's still necessary to configure lo0 -> 127.0.0.1 though, so emphasize that.
|
| 1.31 | 02-Mar-2001 |
itojun | comment correction: 127/8 must not leave the node (RFC1122)
|
| 1.30 | 13-Jan-2001 |
itojun | move IPv6 mode/route configuration upwards, so that !rtsol in
/etc/ifconfig.* is meaningful.
|
| 1.29 | 11-Jan-2001 |
itojun | extend /etc/ifconfig.xxN, for comment lines (#) and shell script
fragment (!). inspired by openbsd /etc/hostname.xxN.
|
| 1.28 | 03-Jan-2001 |
itojun | add $ip6sitelocal, to control installation of reject route for fec0::/10.
|
| 1.27 | 26-Nov-2000 |
nisimura | More cautious about undefined hostname check in terms of what hostname(1)
returns.
|
| 1.26 | 22-Nov-2000 |
nisimura | I believe in that the facy nested quotes was intended to skip blank
lines, but am not sure it is allowed as a standard practice of the
/etc/ifconfig.xxN file.
|
| 1.25 | 21-Nov-2000 |
wiz | un-break.
|
| 1.24 | 21-Nov-2000 |
lukem | minor typo in previous
|
| 1.23 | 21-Nov-2000 |
nisimura | Shell programming police for sophistication; take #2. Handle the
case when the filename expansion results in no match more gracefully.
Far less costy than invoking a new process.
|
| 1.22 | 21-Nov-2000 |
nisimura | Shell programming police for sophistication. It's not necessary
to enclose `prog` backquote command substitution with double quotes
as it produces a quoted string. Other changes are pending this time.
|
| 1.21 | 17-Nov-2000 |
lukem | - replace `IFS='.'; set -- $int; echo $2` with ${int##*.}
- can't use $configured_interfaces in network_stop(), so use `ifconfig -lu`
instead
|
| 1.20 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | - avoid -a or -o logical operator of test command as possible. They would
introduce syntaxical ambiguousity, and having concatenation with && or
|| costs nothing because our sh(1) has test(1) builtin.
- use elif construct to avoid dungling else-ifs.
- while-read construct does not need enclosed by a sub-shell.
- variable detection could be done in eval args=\$ifconfig_$int
- smart variable substitution occationally saves lines and extra command
invocations.
|
| 1.19 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | REQUIRE ipfilter and ipsec
|
| 1.18 | 02-Aug-2000 |
itojun | fix comment on DAD wait
|
| 1.17 | 01-Aug-2000 |
itojun | we need to sleep for IPv6 DAD period, before and after rtsol.
(they are for stability in boot-time configuration)
comment from perry.
|
| 1.16 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | the format without netmask is supported for compatibility only and not
specifying it is discouradged, actually
also add comments about this fact to etc/rc.d/network, for people who
don't read manpages :)
|
| 1.15 | 20-Jul-2000 |
thorpej | Build a list of cloning network interfaces to configure, as well
as normal interfaces.
|
| 1.14 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
|
| 1.13 | 20-Jun-2000 |
itojun | remove ip6defaultif configuration. because:
- ndp is in /usr/sbin, chokes on NFS-mounted /usr installation
- the option is just for IPv6 specification geek, not for normal users
|
| 1.12 | 20-Jun-2000 |
enami | Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
|
| 1.11 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.11.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.10 | 09-May-2000 |
itojun | do not let 127.0.0.0/8 leave the node. based on RFC1122.
|
| 1.9 | 29-Apr-2000 |
veego | Fix the last change so it doesn't fail due too a missing '; then'.
|
| 1.8 | 28-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Don't warn about $hostname not being set if $dhclient == YES; it's quite
likely that we'll be getting the hostname via DHCP when it runs.
|
| 1.7 | 20-Apr-2000 |
itojun | rtsol is not a daemon. rtsol.d should have been killed by rc.d/rtsold.
(correct me if i'm wrong)
|
| 1.6 | 11-Apr-2000 |
lukem | make `stop' a no-op, so that the network doesn't disappear at an
inconvenient time during boot.
this may be fixed a different way in the long term... (not that the old
rc.shutdown supported stopping the network, or could i really see a
practical use for allowing it at this stage, but in the future someone
might want the functionality i've just disabled).
|
| 1.5 | 08-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | The file /etc/sysctl.conf is now run with sysctl -f at boot time.
This replaces the previous /etc/rc.d/sysctl. Also, the variables are now
set earlier, between ipf/ipnat and the network coming up.
The rc.conf defcorename and securelevel variables are no more. You can
set them directly in sysctl.conf now.
|
| 1.4 | 17-Mar-2000 |
itojun | correct reject route installations for IPv6. improve comments.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Mar-2000 |
itojun | disallow packets to malicious 6to4 prefix, based on
http://playground.iijlab.net/i-d/draft-itojun-ipv6-transition-abuse-00.txt
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Fix the network_stop function so it doesn't fails due to missing ]['s.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.11.4.7 | 02-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revisions 1.29-1.30 (via patch, requested by itojun):
Add support for "!" and "#" syntax in /etc/ifconfig.*.
|
| 1.11.4.6 | 20-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by bouyer):
Add support for cloning network devices (e.g. vlan). Fixes
PR#12398.
|
| 1.11.4.5 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.19:
REQUIRE ipfilter and ipsec
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.11.4.4 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.11.4.3 | 03-Aug-2000 |
itojun | pullup 1.16 -> 1.18 (approved by releng-1-5)
> we need to sleep for IPv6 DAD period, before and after rtsol.
> (they are for stability in boot-time configuration)
> comment from perry.
|
| 1.11.4.2 | 25-Jul-2000 |
jdolecek | pullup rev. 1.16 from trunk (approved by thorpej):
for ifaliases, add some comments about format without netmask beeing supported
for compatibility only
|
| 1.11.4.1 | 20-Jun-2000 |
itojun | remove ip6defaultif configuration, which is not for common installation.
approved by: releng-1-5
|
| 1.38.2.2 | 05-Jun-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.44 (requested by itojun in ticket #1704)
Allow an IPv6 default route to be set from /etc/mygate6 or $defaultroute6.
|
| 1.38.2.1 | 23-Oct-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.39 (requested by tron in ticket #901):
Automatically create and destroy cloning interfaces and sync IP Filter
immediately afterwards before bringing the interface up. This avoids
a small security gap existing in the previous scheme where IP Filter
was synced after all cloning interfaces were created and brought up.
|
| 1.44.4.2 | 05-Jul-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.49 (requested by symka in ticket #2038):
PR/29317: ifconfig.if does not allow parameters with spaces
OKeyd by christos@
|
| 1.44.4.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.47 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.47.2.1 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.49 (requested by symka in ticket #511):
PR/29317: ifconfig.if does not allow parameters with spaces
OKeyd by christos@
|
| 1.51.16.2 | 18-Sep-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync with wrstuden-revivesa-base-2.
|
| 1.51.16.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.51.14.1 | 04-Jun-2008 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.51.12.3 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.51.12.2 | 05-Oct-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.51.12.1 | 02-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.57.8.1 | 21-Apr-2010 |
matt | sync to netbsd-5
|
| 1.57.2.2 | 07-Jan-2011 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by enami in ticket #1504):
share/man/man8/rc.subr.8: revision 1.27
etc/rc.subr: revision 1.86
share/man/man5/ifconfig.if.5: revision 1.14
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.61
Add a collapse_backslash_newline function to rc.subr.
Collapse <abckslash><newline> sequences in /etc/ifconfig.xxx files read
by /etc/rc.d/network. Fixes PR 41662 by Christoph Badura, which was
also reported independently by Jeremy C. Reed.
|
| 1.57.2.1 | 18-May-2009 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by roy in ticket #757):
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.58
Only start dhcpcd per interface if not running the full dhcpcd daemon.
Only stop dhcpcd pre interface if it's running for the interface.
Fixes PR bin/40320
|
| 1.61.12.3 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.61.12.2 | 23-Jun-2013 |
tls | resync from head
|
| 1.61.12.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.61.6.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.61.6.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.63.6.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.71.8.2 | 23-Apr-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #1538):
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.37
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.38
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.39
share/man/man5/ifconfig.if.5: revision 1.20
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.77
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.78 (plus patch)
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.40
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.41
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.42
share/man/man5/ifconfig.if.5: revision 1.19
Add rtsol to the NAME section as well
rc.d/network: improve wording of waiting for DAD to finish
Revert unrelated changes to prior
Use .Dl for one line literal display. Add SEE ALSO.
Remove trailing dot in SEE ALSO.
Add an "rtsol" keyword to ifconfig.if for enabling IPv6 RS/RA
Sort SEE ALSO.
Update date
|
| 1.71.8.1 | 23-Apr-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #1537):
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.172
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.75
Allow rc.conf to setup resolv.conf via resolvconf(8).
This allows all static network config to be in rc.conf rather than
spread across files.
|
| 1.73.6.3 | 21-Apr-2020 |
martin | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.73.6.2 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.73.6.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.73.4.2 | 26-Nov-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve a couple of conflicts
|
| 1.73.4.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.76.2.1 | 22-Apr-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #838):
share/man/man5/ifconfig.if.5: revision 1.20
etc/rc.d/network: revision 1.78 (plus patch)
usr.sbin/rtsold/rtsold.8: revision 1.42
Add an "rtsol" keyword to ifconfig.if for enabling IPv6 RS/RA
Sort SEE ALSO.
Update date
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 24-Mar-2002 |
lukem | remove unnecessary precmd
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.2 | 18-Aug-2001 |
ad | Make newsyslog at boot optional, as it should have been.
|
| 1.1 | 21-Sep-2000 |
ad | Provide the option of running newsyslog at boot time; mainly for laptop
people.
|
| 1.7 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Explicitly REQUIRE: rpcbind since these services directly use RPC...
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 16-Jun-2001 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.6;
change mountd to use its own $mountd variable (instead of $nfs_server).
nfsd will complain if mountd isn't set. from [misc/13135] by Johnny C. Lam.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | * Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.4.6.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | Death to nfsiod!
It is replaced by kernel threads that do the same thing. The number of
kernel threads used is set with the vfs.nfs.iothreads sysctl.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.8 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 24-Mar-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.6.6;
also check $rc_force != "" to determine if operation should occur
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 15-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | Death to nfsiod!
It is replaced by kernel threads that do the same thing. The number of
kernel threads used is set with the vfs.nfs.iothreads sysctl.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.6.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.8 | 05-Oct-2023 |
abs | Add support to npf_rules to rc.conf
- Allows overriding default from /etc/npf.conf
- Indicate rules file used in output
- Drop check for file presence in script - rely on npf exiting with error
|
| 1.7 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | branches: 1.7.6;
Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.6 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.5 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.4 | 19-Apr-2019 |
leot | Do not start npf again at reboot (it is started via npf_boot)
|
| 1.3 | 01-Nov-2012 |
mrg | branches: 1.3.32;
catch up with npfctl moving to /sbin.
untested, but i guess so was the move itself ;)
|
| 1.2 | 07-Mar-2011 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.2.4; 1.2.6; 1.2.10;
put a : in an otherwise empty function, makes this script work with bash
|
| 1.1 | 02-Feb-2011 |
rmind | branches: 1.1.2;
NPF checkpoint:
- Add libnpf(3) - a library to control NPF (configuration, ruleset, etc).
- Add NPF support for ftp-proxy(8).
- Add rc.d script for NPF.
- Convert npfctl(8) to use libnpf(3) and thus make it less depressive.
Note: next clean-up step should be a parser, once dholland@ will finish it.
- Add more documentation.
- Various fixes.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 08-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 02-Feb-2011 |
bouyer | file npf was added on branch bouyer-quota2 on 2011-02-08 16:18:50 +0000
|
| 1.2.10.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.2.6.1 | 29-Nov-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rmind in ticket #726):
etc/rc.d/npf: revision 1.3
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.1010
usr.sbin/npf/npfctl/Makefile: revision 1.9
distrib/sets/lists/comp/mi: revision 1.1785
put in /sbin
catch up with npfctl moving to /sbin.
untested, but i guess so was the move itself ;)
mv npfctl from /usr/sbin to /sbin so it is available before /usr is mounted.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.3.32.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 13-Oct-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by abs in ticket #404):
etc/rc.d/npf: revision 1.8
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.167
Add support to npf_rules to rc.conf
- Allows overriding default from /etc/npf.conf
- Indicate rules file used in output
- Drop check for file presence in script - rely on npf exiting with error
|
| 1.6 | 30-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Revert previous. Explicitly load the value of npf or pf
|
| 1.5 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Load rc configuration based on rcvar, not name, so that correct settings
in /etc/rc.conf.d are loaded.
Usually this does not matter as rcvar and name are set to the same value.
For pf_boot and npf_boot, rcvar is set to pf and npf respectively.
Prior to the change, if:
rc.conf contains nfp=YES
rc.conf.d/npf does not exist
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
# npf_boot
$npf=YES
If:
rc.conf contains npf=NO (or is not set)
rc.conf.d/npf contains npf=YES
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
# npf_boot
$npf=NO
This means that in the latter case, at boot time the npfctl start command
is never run and the firewall is not operational.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.3 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.2 | 05-Oct-2019 |
sevan | No need to empose the script to be runnable during boot time, it prevents the
script from wroking if the system is booted into single user mode & then
moved onto multi-user mode.
Reported by <pgoyette> for NPF but the issue is there in PF too.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Apr-2019 |
sevan | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
Add an initial ruleset and rc script for NPF to protect host during early stage
of boot, similar to what is currently available for PF.
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 26-Nov-2021 |
martin | Backout previous pullup from ticket #1377:
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.8
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 26-Nov-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1377):
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.8
Load rc configuration based on rcvar, not name, so that correct settings
in /etc/rc.conf.d are loaded.
Usually this does not matter as rcvar and name are set to the same value.
For pf_boot and npf_boot, rcvar is set to pf and npf respectively.
Prior to the change, if:
rc.conf contains nfp=YES
rc.conf.d/npf does not exist
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
$npf=YES
If:
rc.conf contains npf=NO (or is not set)
rc.conf.d/npf contains npf=YES
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
$npf=NO
This means that in the latter case, at boot time the npfctl start command
is never run and the firewall is not operational.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 06-Oct-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #288):
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.5
No need to empose the script to be runnable during boot time, it
prevents the
script from wroking if the system is booted into single user mode & then
moved onto multi-user mode.
Reported by <pgoyette> for NPF but the issue is there in PF too.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 02-Apr-2019 |
christos | file npf_boot was added on branch phil-wifi on 2019-06-10 21:42:45 +0000
|
| 1.2 | 05-Jun-2020 |
christos | Add support for npfd_flags
|
| 1.1 | 05-Jan-2017 |
christos | branches: 1.1.2;
add scripts for npfd
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | file npfd was added on branch pgoyette-localcount on 2017-01-07 08:53:48 +0000
|
| 1.17 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.16 | 23-Nov-2015 |
christos | PR/49380: KAMADA Ken'ichi: ntpd_chrootdir does not work on NetBSD 7.0_BETA
Provide /etc/resolv.conf so that it can resolve names. This is needed because
of deferred name resolution.
XXX: pullup -7
|
| 1.15 | 25-Dec-2014 |
spz | new ntpd wants to be able to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot
|
| 1.14 | 04-Dec-2012 |
prlw1 | branches: 1.14.10;
Make sure that ntpd creates a pid file for the rc machinery to work.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/current-users/2012/11/19/msg021518.html
|
| 1.13 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.13.34; 1.13.42; 1.13.50; 1.13.52; 1.13.56; 1.13.58; 1.13.60; 1.13.62;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.12 | 31-Mar-2004 |
fredb | Backout last change. I failed to note that the problem described in
PR bin/24653 had already been fixed with revision 1.9 of this file.
|
| 1.11 | 31-Mar-2004 |
fredb | Take account of the fact that "ntpd" writes it's pidfile after chroot().
Closes PR bin/24653.
|
| 1.10 | 02-Jul-2002 |
itohy | Check for /dev/clockctl availability and print appropriate diagnosis if not.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.8 | 17-Jun-2002 |
lukem | ntpd_chrootdir needs /dev/clockctl as well
|
| 1.7 | 15-Jun-2002 |
lukem | $ntpd_chroot requires "pseudo-device clockctl" in the kernel
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.6.2;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.4 | 18-Jan-2002 |
lukem | if $ntpd_chrootdir != "", ensure that the following files, devices,
and links exist:
${ntpd_chrootdir}/dev/clockctl
/var/db/ntp.drift -> ${ntpd_chrootdir}/var/db/ntp.drift
and then start ntpd with the appropriate options to run chroot(2)ed
under $ntpd_chrootdir as user ntpd group ntpd.
to take advantage of this, set ntpd_chrootdir in /etc/rc.conf.
[this is based on similar work i did for rc.d/named]
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 02-May-2000 |
simonb | Out with the old, in with the new.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.2.3 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by lukem in ticket #316):
Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.6.2.2 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by lukem in ticket #294):
ntpd_chrootdir needs /dev/clockctl as well
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 15-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by lukem in ticket #277):
$ntpd_chroot requires "pseudo-device clockctl" in the kernel
|
| 1.13.62.1 | 28-Dec-2014 |
he | The new ntpd wants to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot.
[mlelstv, ticket 1223]
|
| 1.13.60.1 | 07-Jan-2015 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by he in ticket #1940):
etc/rc.d/ntpd: revision 1.15
new ntpd wants to be able to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot
|
| 1.13.58.1 | 28-Dec-2014 |
he | The new ntpd wants to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot.
[mlelstv, ticket 1223]
|
| 1.13.56.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.13.52.1 | 28-Dec-2014 |
he | The new ntpd wants to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot.
[mlelstv, ticket 1223]
|
| 1.13.50.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.13.42.1 | 07-Jan-2015 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by he in ticket #1940):
etc/rc.d/ntpd: revision 1.15
new ntpd wants to be able to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot
|
| 1.13.34.1 | 07-Jan-2015 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by he in ticket #1940):
etc/rc.d/ntpd: revision 1.15
new ntpd wants to be able to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot
|
| 1.14.10.1 | 29-Dec-2014 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mlelstv in ticket #355):
etc/rc.d/ntpd: revision 1.15
new ntpd wants to be able to translate ntp into a port number after chroot,
so give it its own small copy of /etc/services in the chroot
|
| 1.21 | 25-Dec-2020 |
martin | Adjust to "pool" usage in our standard ntp.conf, pointed out
by Connor McLaughlan.
|
| 1.20 | 03-Aug-2009 |
perry | branches: 1.20.40; 1.20.50;
Explicitly set a BEFORE on ntpd, as this can't run while ntpd is
running.
Apparently it is rare for rcorder to place it after ntpd but there was
previously nothing actually preventing it.
Fixes PR 40707 by Ondrej Tuma
|
| 1.19 | 03-Aug-2009 |
perry | ntpdate can't work without named because a modern ntp.conf has dns
names in it. We therefore now depend on it.
However, this would have then created a circular dependency because named
depended on "SERVERS", and racoon was before SERVERS and required kdc,
and kdc needs the time to be right and thus depended on ntp.
Instead, have named depend on NETWORKING (so that there is a network
there), mountcritremote (so we know that named has a directory to work
from) and syslogd (so that named has some place to spew information).
I'm not sure this is perfect, but it is certainly a big improvement
over constantly failing ntpdate runs during boot.
|
| 1.18 | 15-Mar-2005 |
lukem | Explicitly REQUIRE mountcritremote, since this uses awk.
|
| 1.17 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.16 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.15 | 04-Dec-2003 |
drochner | ntpdate to a multicastclient address doesn't work
|
| 1.14 | 29-Oct-2003 |
fredb | Make the ntp.conf parsing more specific, and therefore more robust. Closes
PR bin/23305.
|
| 1.13 | 20-Oct-2003 |
fredb | Supply the usual default setting of $commmand. Omission pointed out by
Launey Thomas in private mail.
|
| 1.12 | 19-Oct-2003 |
fredb | Allow for a syntax extension for "ntp.conf" with ntp 4.2.0.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Oct-2003 |
fredb | Use "$command", instead of hard-coded "ntpdate", so that the user can
override the path using the usual mechanisms.
|
| 1.10 | 27-Jun-2003 |
lukem | Support "multicastclient" directives in ntp.conf.
Based on [bin/17930] from Stoned Elipot.
|
| 1.9 | 19-Jul-2002 |
bad | Ignore "peer" statements for local clocks too when selecting hosts from
ntp.conf.
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.7 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 21-Aug-2000 |
abs | Move options into ntp_flags, to make it possible to add '-u' without
modifying rc.d/ntpdate
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Add missing checkyesno's.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 21-Aug-2000 |
abs | Move options into 'ntp_flags', to make it possible to add '-u'
without having to modify rc.d/ntpdate
Pullup, approved by thorpej:
etc/rc.conf 1.93
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.5
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.20.50.1 | 28-Dec-2020 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1164):
etc/rc.d/ntpdate: revision 1.21
Adjust to "pool" usage in our standard ntp.conf, pointed out
by Connor McLaughlan.
|
| 1.20.40.1 | 28-Dec-2020 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by martin in ticket #1643):
etc/rc.d/ntpdate: revision 1.21
Adjust to "pool" usage in our standard ntp.conf, pointed out
by Connor McLaughlan.
|
| 1.8 | 03-Jul-2015 |
dholland | /usr/sbin/chown -> /sbin/chown
(not sure why these need explicit paths at all, but whatevs)
|
| 1.7 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | branches: 1.7.4;
Implement a new magic string for magic symlinks, @ruid, which exapnds to the
real user id of the process and use this magic string for per-user tmp.
This should fix PR/35687
Kernel parts reviewed by wrstuden@
|
| 1.6 | 15-Feb-2007 |
tron | branches: 1.6.4;
Remove unnessary "if [ X"$foo" ... ]" hack which is not necessary if
you quote things properly which this script does.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Feb-2007 |
xtraeme | Add missing quotes in readlink to compare with ${per_user_tmp_dir}/@uid,
to avoid an error about missing operator.
|
| 1.4 | 06-Feb-2007 |
elad | Use 0555 for the real tmp dir for now.
|
| 1.3 | 05-Feb-2007 |
elad | Only override /tmp if needed. From perry@.
|
| 1.2 | 04-Feb-2007 |
xtraeme | Use mkdir -p to create ${per_user_tmp_dir}, otherwise if /private (this is
the default) doesn't exist there won't be any error.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Feb-2007 |
elad | Add support for per-user /tmp.
Enabled via per_user_tmp in /etc/rc.conf (default off).
See security(8) and rc.conf(5) for more details.
Lots of input from thorpej@ & christos@, thanks!
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 09-Jan-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.7.4.2 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | Implement a new magic string for magic symlinks, @ruid, which exapnds to the
real user id of the process and use this magic string for per-user tmp.
This should fix PR/35687
Kernel parts reviewed by wrstuden@
|
| 1.7.4.1 | 04-Dec-2007 |
mjf | file perusertmp was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2007-12-04 22:09:02 +0000
|
| 1.14 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.13 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.12 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.11 | 29-Jun-2018 |
roy | Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
| 1.10 | 21-Nov-2011 |
darcy | branches: 1.10.40; 1.10.42;
Allow pf flags to be specified in rc.conf.
Add default to defaults/rc.d as suggested by lukem@
|
| 1.9 | 22-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.9.8;
Add "bootconf" to REQUIRE: lines which had beforenetlkm
since removed beforenetlkm required bootconf.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.7 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.7.12;
* Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.6 | 23-Aug-2005 |
peter | pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.5 | 10-Aug-2005 |
peter | Changes suggested by lukem:
1. Order pf to start before the network is configured.
2. If the pf_rules cannot be found at boot time, abort the boot (from the
ipfilter script).
|
| 1.4 | 07-Aug-2005 |
peter | Allow to change the location of the pf ruleset with the variable $pf_rules.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Mar-2005 |
peter | branches: 1.3.2;
Do a "flush all" when disabling pf. This also changes the restart case
to do a "flush all", while the reload case will only reload the rules without
flushing anything.
Suggested by Miles Nordin.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2004 |
itojun | rc.d fragment for PF. Peter Postma
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 02-Sep-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717):
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/pf.boot.conf.5: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.6
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/Makefile: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.52
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.89
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.5
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/Makefile: revision 1.1
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 02-Sep-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717):
etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.5
Changes suggested by lukem:
1. Order pf to start before the network is configured.
2. If the pf_rules cannot be found at boot time, abort the boot (from the
ipfilter script).
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 15-Aug-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by peter in ticket #660):
Allow to change the location of the pf ruleset with the variable $pf_rules.
|
| 1.7.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.9.8.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.10.42.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.10.40.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.9 | 30-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Revert previous. Explicitly load the value of npf or pf
|
| 1.8 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Load rc configuration based on rcvar, not name, so that correct settings
in /etc/rc.conf.d are loaded.
Usually this does not matter as rcvar and name are set to the same value.
For pf_boot and npf_boot, rcvar is set to pf and npf respectively.
Prior to the change, if:
rc.conf contains nfp=YES
rc.conf.d/npf does not exist
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
# npf_boot
$npf=YES
If:
rc.conf contains npf=NO (or is not set)
rc.conf.d/npf contains npf=YES
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
# npf_boot
$npf=NO
This means that in the latter case, at boot time the npfctl start command
is never run and the firewall is not operational.
|
| 1.7 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.6 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.5 | 05-Oct-2019 |
sevan | No need to empose the script to be runnable during boot time, it prevents the
script from wroking if the system is booted into single user mode & then
moved onto multi-user mode.
Reported by <pgoyette> for NPF but the issue is there in PF too.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Nov-2008 |
tsutsui | branches: 1.4.50; 1.4.52;
Add "bootconf" to REQUIRE: lines which had beforenetlkm
since removed beforenetlkm required bootconf.
|
| 1.3 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.2 | 06-Apr-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.2.12;
* Add a stop_boot() function in rc.subr, to terminate a multi-user boot
by killing the parent process. The parent's PID is saved in $RC_PID.
* In all rc.d/* scripts that previously tried to stop the boot,
replace in-line code with "stop_boot".
* Document this.
This should fix PR 29822.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Aug-2005 |
peter | branches: 1.1.2;
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 02-Sep-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by peter in ticket #717):
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/pf.boot.conf.5: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/pf: revision 1.6
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf: revision 1.1
usr.sbin/pf/Makefile: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.52
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.89
usr.sbin/pf/man/man5/Makefile: revision 1.5
usr.sbin/pf/etc/defaults/Makefile: revision 1.1
pf needs to be started after the network is up, because some pf rules
derive IP address(es) from the interface (e.g "... from any to fxp0").
This however, creates window for possible attacks from the network.
Implement the solution proposed by YAMAMOTO Takashi:
Add /etc/defaults/pf.boot.conf and load it with the /etc/rc.d/pf_boot
script before starting the network. People who don't like the default
rules can override it with their own /etc/pf.boot.conf.
The default rules have been obtained from OpenBSD.
No objections on: tech-security
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 23-Aug-2005 |
tron | file pf_boot was added on branch netbsd-3 on 2005-09-02 12:29:37 +0000
|
| 1.2.12.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.4.52.3 | 26-Nov-2021 |
martin | Backout previous pullup from ticket #1377:
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.8
|
| 1.4.52.2 | 26-Nov-2021 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sborrill in ticket #1377):
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.8
Load rc configuration based on rcvar, not name, so that correct settings
in /etc/rc.conf.d are loaded.
Usually this does not matter as rcvar and name are set to the same value.
For pf_boot and npf_boot, rcvar is set to pf and npf respectively.
Prior to the change, if:
rc.conf contains nfp=YES
rc.conf.d/npf does not exist
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
$npf=YES
If:
rc.conf contains npf=NO (or is not set)
rc.conf.d/npf contains npf=YES
Then:
/etc/rc.d/npf_boot rcvar
outputs:
$npf=NO
This means that in the latter case, at boot time the npfctl start command
is never run and the firewall is not operational.
|
| 1.4.52.1 | 06-Oct-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #288):
etc/rc.d/npf_boot: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/pf_boot: revision 1.5
No need to empose the script to be runnable during boot time, it
prevents the
script from wroking if the system is booted into single user mode & then
moved onto multi-user mode.
Reported by <pgoyette> for NPF but the issue is there in PF too.
|
| 1.4.50.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.3 | 18-Jun-2008 |
yamt | merge yamt-pf42 branch.
(import newer pf from OpenBSD 4.2)
ok'ed by peter@. requested by core@
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.26; 1.2.28; 1.2.30;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 29-Jun-2004 |
itojun | rc.d fragment for PF. Peter Postma
|
| 1.2.30.1 | 23-Jun-2008 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ -current. 34 merge conflicts to follow.
|
| 1.2.28.2 | 05-Jun-2008 |
peter | Create pflog0 only when it doesn't exist.
|
| 1.2.28.1 | 31-May-2008 |
peter | The pflog(4) device is a cloning device now and thus pflog0 doesn't exist
automatically anymore. Create pflog0 before starting pflogd.
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 29-Jun-2008 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 20-Dec-2008 |
isaki | x68k pow(4) now uses MI sysmon_pswitch framework. suggested by tsutsui@.
- Make MD poffd(8) retire, and use MI powerd(8) instead of it.
- Make /dev/pow1 retire, because nobody holds /dev/pow0 any longer.
Use /dev/pow0 for pow(4) ioctl.
- POWIOCSSIGNAL ioctl which is for poffd(8) is also obsoleted.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.26;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2001 |
minoura | Add /etc/rc.d/poffd, for x68k power management deamon.
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.3 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | * Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.20 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Do away with the obsolete text(1) -a operator, use sh && instead.
Prefer sh ! operator over test's ! (less question what it means).
A few minor formatting changes.
|
| 1.19 | 09-Aug-2019 |
rin | little bit verbose for slow machines
|
| 1.18 | 30-Oct-2016 |
riastradh | branches: 1.18.14; 1.18.16;
Handle variable expansion and comma/space separators in postconf.
From Timo Buhrmester:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2016/08/20/msg010301.html
|
| 1.17 | 23-Jul-2015 |
riz | branches: 1.17.2;
Implement "status" command for postfix - makes tools like ansible
happier.
|
| 1.16 | 15-Apr-2009 |
perry | un-uppercase pseudodependency for the moment so as not to break pkgsrc
|
| 1.15 | 15-Apr-2009 |
perry | uppercase pseudodependency
|
| 1.14 | 27-Aug-2007 |
pavel | branches: 1.14.18;
Add some magic (similar to the one in rc.d/sendmail introduced with 2.0
release) to not start postfix if $postfix is not explicitely set and
another mailer is selected in /etc/mailer.conf. Also print a warning if it
happens because the mailer in rc.conf is the removed sendmail.
This prevents starting two MTAs at once if one uses a custom MTA.
As proposed on tech-userlevel, approved by martin.
|
| 1.13 | 07-Sep-2006 |
christos | branches: 1.13.2; 1.13.4;
make postconf configurable
|
| 1.12 | 07-Sep-2006 |
christos | - find the correct newaliases program from postconf
(suggested by Geert Hendrickx)
- only check for hash files.
|
| 1.11 | 05-Sep-2006 |
christos | Find the alias file name from the postfix configuration. From our anonymous
user.
|
| 1.10 | 18-Jun-2006 |
christos | PR/33760: dieter roelants: a default install can't send mail due to
missing aliases.db
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 08-Apr-2004 |
lukem | Store the full path to the /usr/sbin/postfix in $postfix_command
and use the latter postfix_op() to implement start/stop/reload.
(We generally use full paths in rc.d scripts.) Problem noted by Bill Squier.
|
| 1.7 | 31-Jan-2003 |
lukem | Implement start_cmd as:
start_cmd="${name} "'${rc_arg}'
and stop_cmd & reload_cmd as:
stop_cmd=$start_cmd
reload_cmd=$start_cmd
(Just to be tricky)
|
| 1.6 | 12-Feb-2002 |
lukem | populate /var/spool/postfix/etc with /etc/{localtime,resolv.conf,services}.
per suggestion from perry.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | - use checkyesno in $start_precmd and change start_cmd to `postfix start'
- use $extra_commands instead of passing "reload" to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 27-Apr-2000 |
veego | You need to add a xxx_precmd with a checkyesno yyy if you use a xxx_cmd
in an rc.d script.
|
| 1.1 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Provide rc.d support for the Postfix mail system. Committed to the
base because there is no support for packages in rc.d, and Postfix
is supposed to become part of the base system anyhow.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 03-Sep-2007 |
wrstuden | Sync w/ NetBSD-4-RC_1
|
| 1.13.2.1 | 28-Aug-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by pavel in ticket #845):
etc/rc.d/postfix: revision 1.14
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.90
Add some magic (similar to the one in rc.d/sendmail introduced with 2.0
release) to not start postfix if $postfix is not explicitely set and
another mailer is selected in /etc/mailer.conf. Also print a warning if it
happens because the mailer in rc.conf is the removed sendmail.
This prevents starting two MTAs at once if one uses a custom MTA.
As proposed on tech-userlevel, approved by martin.
|
| 1.14.18.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.17.2.1 | 04-Nov-2016 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.18.16.1 | 20-Jun-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by rin in ticket #966):
etc/rc.d/postfix: revision 1.19
little bit verbose for slow machines
|
| 1.18.14.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 18-Apr-2003 |
thorpej | Add an rc script for powerd(8).
|
| 1.11 | 13-Jan-2013 |
prlw1 | Add ppp=YES variable. Currently pppd(8) starts automatically if ppp_peers
is not empty. Adding a ppp variable allows the default peer to be set,
and ppp set to NO so that dialing can happen with /etc/rc.d/ppp onestart.
Default set to YES so that old behaviour is preserved.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2012/08/21/msg006656.html
|
| 1.10 | 13-Dec-2012 |
wiz | Revert previous.
At the least, it was committed with the wrong commit message.
|
| 1.9 | 04-Dec-2012 |
prlw1 | Make sure that ntpd creates a pid file for the rc machinery to work.
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/current-users/2012/11/19/msg021518.html
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.8.50; 1.8.56;
Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Feb-2001 |
fredb | Add "hup" and "stop" commands. Closes PR bin/12135.
|
| 1.4 | 02-Aug-2000 |
hubertf | Adjust comment to what's actually being done
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 13-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by fredb):
Add ``stop'' and ``hup'' commands.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.56.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.8.50.2 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.8.50.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.6 | 26-Nov-2021 |
sborrill | Use rcvar=$name syntax consistently in rc.d scripts which makes it easier to
search for rc.d scripts where rcvar differs from name. No functional change.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 03-Jun-2004 |
abs | Add rcvar="quota"
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.3.4;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 07-Jun-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by abs in ticket #455):
Add rcvar="quota"
|
| 1.6 | 23-Sep-2018 |
maxv | Remove the userland part of ISDN. The kernel part is untouched for now.
ipppctl was actually an exact copy of pppoectl; there is no functional
change in pppoectl in this commit.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Dec-2004 |
kleink | branches: 1.5.92; 1.5.94;
Add the `shutdown' keyword, giving racoon a chance to flush the SAD
upon termination.
|
| 1.4 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2001 |
lukem | depend upon isdnd as well
|
| 1.1 | 18-Jan-2001 |
thorpej | Startup script for racoon(8). Racoon provides "ike", and requires
"kdc" (since you might want to use IPsec on your Kerberos server,
and might be using GSSAPI to authenticate Phase 1) and "ppp" (since
racoon(8) needs to know about all of your network interfaces).
|
| 1.5.94.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.5.92.1 | 30-Sep-2018 |
pgoyette | Ssync with HEAD
|
| 1.12 | 21-Jul-2022 |
kre | Make this better ... Allow config file for raidN to be found
in /etc/conf/raid/raidN (as well as in /etc/raidN.conf) (less
clutter in /etc).
Allow config files to exist for raids that are autoconfigured (just
skip anything autoconfigured) - this allows a (simplistic) recovery
mechanism if autoconf fails, and makes it simpler to enable/disable
autoconf at will, while keeping the raid working.
While here, add sh quoting where it is needed, and remove it from
where it is pointless.
|
| 1.11 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.36;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 10-Sep-2003 |
wiz | Add a knob to turn off automatic configuration (via rc.d) of
non-auto-configured (via kernel) raid devices. oster says ok.
|
| 1.7 | 03-Sep-2002 |
abs | Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.6 | 27-Jan-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.6.2;
use the recently added hw.disknames value from sysctl(8) to determine
the list of currently configured disk devices, and start raid parity
rebuilds on devices which match "raid[0-9]*"
|
| 1.5 | 17-Nov-2000 |
lukem | start all raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf, not just raid[0-3].conf.
do in order, so that raidN.conf is started before raidNN.conf.
|
| 1.4 | 16-May-2000 |
oster | At boot, initiate parity/mirror reconstruction as required.
This operation is backgrounded, and sequentially ordered.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Make ccd and raidframe provide `disks', and make swap1 and fsck
depend on `disks', rather than `ccd' and `raidframe'.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 30-Nov-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by abs in ticket #772):
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuilding out into
raidframeparity, which is called after quota, so we don't
end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever
after a crash/reboot.
While here, check for raid[0-9].conf and raid[1-9][0-9].conf
and not raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.9.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.4 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Add missing PROVIDE.
|
| 1.3 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.3.36;
Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 03-Sep-2002 |
abs | branches: 1.1.2;
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuild out into raidframeparity, which is
called after quota so we don't end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild
taking forever after a crash/reboot.
While we are here check for raid[0-9].conf & raid[1-9][0-9].conf not
raid[0-9].conf & raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 30-Nov-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.1 (requested by abs in ticket #772):
Split raidframe parity checking/rebuilding out into
raidframeparity, which is called after quota, so we don't
end up with fsck and raidframe parity rebuild taking forever
after a crash/reboot.
While here, check for raid[0-9].conf and raid[1-9][0-9].conf
and not raid[0-9].conf and raid[0-9][0-9].conf
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 03-Sep-2002 |
he | file raidframeparity was added on branch netbsd-1-6 on 2002-11-30 14:15:27 +0000
|
| 1.3.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.15 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.14 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.13 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | If no random seed file exists on boot, create one.
rndctl -S triggers entropy consolidation, so whatever we gathered
during kernel startup -- interrupt timings, autoconf timings, &c. --
will be incorporated into the seed and into subsequent data read from
/dev/urandom, just like if rndctl -L had run at this boot, and the
seed will carry them into the next boot too.
But it still avoids frequently consolidating entropy on any regular
schedule, in order to continue to mitigate iterative-guessing
attacks.
|
| 1.12 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | Omit needless verbiage in error message.
|
| 1.11 | 07-May-2020 |
riastradh | Pass full pathname to df, and print warning message on failure.
No need to extract dirname; `df -P /var/db/entropy-file' and `df -l
/var/db/entropy-file' work just fine.
|
| 1.10 | 06-May-2020 |
riastradh | Tweak logic to decide whether a medium is safe for an rndseed.
- Teach rndctl to load the seed, but treat it as zero entropy, if the
medium is read-only or if the update fails.
- Teach rndctl to accept `-i' flag instructing it to ignore the
entropy estimate in the seed.
- Teach /etc/rc.d/random_seed to:
(a) assume nonlocal file systems are unsafe, and use -i, but
(b) assume / is safe, even if it is nonlocal.
If the medium is nonwritable, leave it to rndctl to detect that.
(Could use statvfs and check for ST_LOCAL in rndctl, I guess, but I
already implemented it this way.)
Treating nonlocal / as safe is a compromise: it's up to the operator
to secure the network for (e.g.) nfs mounts, but that's true whether
we're talking entropy or not -- if the adversary has access to the
network that you've mounted / from, they can do a lot more damage
anyway; this reduces warning fatigue for diskless systems, e.g. test
racks.
|
| 1.9 | 01-May-2020 |
riastradh | Don't delete the random seed before issuing `rndctl -S'.
`rndctl -S' can replace the file just fine, and deleting it ahead of
time adds a window during which we can lose the seed altogether if
the system is interrupted by a crash or power outage.
XXX pullup
|
| 1.8 | 23-Feb-2020 |
riastradh | Allow random seed on zfs.
|
| 1.7 | 22-Jul-2014 |
wiz | branches: 1.7.24; 1.7.26;
'file system' for consistency with documentation (instead of 'filesystem').
|
| 1.6 | 29-Dec-2012 |
christos | branches: 1.6.8;
better messages, more quoting.
|
| 1.5 | 17-Dec-2012 |
apb | Reinstate the dirname invocations that were recently removed from
rc.d/random_seed. The new dirname shell function provided by rc.subr
will be used, so it should work before the /usr file system is mounted.
This should fix a problem in which the fs_safe shell function failed when
passed the name of a file that did not exist.
|
| 1.4 | 14-Dec-2012 |
apb | Avoid using programs from /usr/bin. This should fix PR 47326.
- no need for "dirname", because "df -G" can take a file name directly.
- replace use of "awk" with a shell while read loop.
- replace use of "stat -s" with "ls -ldn".
- no need for "tail" now that the use of "stat" has changed.
While here, also add some shell quotes and improve the grammar in a comment.
|
| 1.3 | 10-Nov-2012 |
apb | Cause /etc/rc.d/random_seed to be the first script to run
after mountcritlocal. Everything else that runs after
mountcritlocal depends directly or indirectly on bootconf, so
making random_seed run before bootconf has the desired result.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Jul-2012 |
hans | branches: 1.2.2;
It's msdos, not msdosfs.
|
| 1.1 | 23-Nov-2011 |
tls | branches: 1.1.4;
Load entropy at system boot (only works at securelevel < 1); save
at system shutdown. Disable with random_seed=NO in rc.conf if desired.
Goes to some trouble to never load or save to network filesystems.
Entropy should really be loaded by the boot loader but I am still
sorting out how to pass it to the kernel.
|
| 1.1.4.5 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.4 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.1.4.3 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 23-Nov-2011 |
yamt | file random_seed was added on branch yamt-pagecache on 2012-04-17 00:02:59 +0000
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 10-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase.
|
| 1.7.26.2 | 02-May-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #882):
etc/rc.d/random_seed: revision 1.9
Don't delete the random seed before issuing `rndctl -S'.
`rndctl -S' can replace the file just fine, and deleting it ahead of
time adds a window during which we can lose the seed altogether if
the system is interrupted by a crash or power outage.
XXX pullup
|
| 1.7.26.1 | 01-Mar-2020 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by riastradh in ticket #743):
etc/rc.d/random_seed: revision 1.8
Allow random seed on zfs.
|
| 1.7.24.1 | 08-Apr-2020 |
martin | Merge changes from current as of 20200406
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6 | 04-Oct-2023 |
gutteridge | resize_root: quote $rootdev consistently in resize_ffs(8) calls
|
| 1.5 | 24-May-2020 |
jmcneill | Support resizing wedges
|
| 1.4 | 06-Oct-2018 |
jmcneill | If fs_spec starts with the special string "ROOT.", replace it with a device
path derived from the value of the kern.root_device sysctl.
|
| 1.3 | 07-Apr-2015 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.16; 1.3.18;
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
|
| 1.2 | 06-Apr-2015 |
jmcneill | add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and resize_root_postcmd rc vars
|
| 1.1 | 30-Mar-2015 |
chopps | Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
|
| 1.3.18.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.16.1 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 07-Apr-2015 |
snj | file resize_root was added on branch netbsd-7 on 2015-08-06 21:13:44 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.2 | 02-Feb-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.2.2; 1.2.4;
The -d or -t flag must appear after -c/-C/-e/-E flags, because of the
way we add the device name. after the flags.
Addresses PR 40495 from Ryo HAYASAKA.
|
| 1.1 | 04-Jan-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.1.2;
* Add etc/rc.d/rndctl script, based on work by Brian A. Seklecki. This
allows you to invoke rndctl(8) during the boot.
* Add rndctl=NO and rndctl_flags="" to /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
* Document rndctl and rndctl_flags variables in rc.conf(5).
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 04-Jan-2009 |
mjf | file rndctl was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2009-01-17 20:43:44 +0000
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2.2.3 | 06-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #406):
etc/rc.d/rndctl: revision 1.2
The -d or -t flag must appear after -c/-C/-e/-E flags, because of the
way we add the device name. after the flags.
Addresses PR 40495 from Ryo HAYASAKA.
|
| 1.2.2.2 | 06-Feb-2009 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by apb in ticket #406):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.99
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.73
etc/rc.d/rndctl: revision 1.1
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.127
* Add etc/rc.d/rndctl script, based on work by Brian A. Seklecki. This
allows you to invoke rndctl(8) during the boot.
* Add rndctl=NO and rndctl_flags="" to /etc/defaults/rc.conf.
* Document rndctl and rndctl_flags variables in rc.conf(5).
|
| 1.2.2.1 | 02-Feb-2009 |
snj | file rndctl was added on branch netbsd-5 on 2009-02-06 00:51:42 +0000
|
| 1.5 | 30-Mar-2015 |
chopps | Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
|
| 1.4 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | branches: 1.4.26;
Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.3.36;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.4.26.1 | 06-Aug-2015 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by skrll in ticket #909):
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.237
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.613
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/armv7.conf: revisions 1.1, 1.2
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/beagleboard.conf: delete
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/evbarm.conf: revisions 1.21, 1.22
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi.conf: revisions 1.28, 1.29
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/rpi_inst.conf: revisions 1.7, 1.8
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/usermode.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/conf/x86.conf: revision 1.5
distrib/utils/embedded/files/resize_disklabel: revision 1.1
distrib/utils/embedded/mkimage: revisions 1.49, 1.55-1.59
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.133
etc/etc.evbarm/Makefile.inc: revisions 1.72, 1.76
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.93 via patch
etc/rc.d/resize_root: revisions 1.1-1.3
etc/rc.d/root: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.5
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.8: revisions 1.14-1.16
sbin/resize_ffs/resize_ffs.c: revisions 1.39-1.44
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.158, 1.159
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/Makefile: revision 1.4
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/common.sh: revision 1.14
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_check.sh: revision 1.1
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow.sh: revision 1.9
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_grow_swapped.sh: revision 1.3
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink.sh: revision 1.8
tests/sbin/resize_ffs/t_shrink_swapped.sh: revision 1.2
fix image building:
- round up the total size of the disk image
- fix fdisk offset for netbsd ffs images
--
Make get_dev_size work on regular files too.
--
Use `!= -1' instead of `== 0' out of paranoia.
--
- Add -c to check to see if grow/shrink is required
- Divide by DEV_BSIZE when returning size of file.
- Update manpage
--
New sentence, new line. Sort option descriptions.
--
Add resize_root boot operation. If resize_root=YES in rc.conf then
the system attempts to resize the root file system to fill it's
partition prior to mounting read-write. Useful for things like AMI
file system images. May eventually be used by arm images after
coming up with similar solution for increasing the parition size.
--
- Add new tests for -c check flag in resize_ffs
--
Bump date for previous.
it's -> its
--
Handle case in grow() where last cylinder group is too small for ufs2.
Align with code in shrink().
--
factor out geometry calculation and use this also in CheckOnly mode.
be a bit more verbose in Verbose mode.
--
Add support for auto-growing the root partition. Enable it for rpi.img.
--
initialize resize before pulling in board config
--
add KEYWORD: interactive, honour resize_root_flags and
resize_root_postcmd rc vars
--
if the -p flag is specified, display a progress bar while growing the
file-system
--
show resize_ffs progress bar when resizing root partition
--
fix typo in previous; pass -y unconditionally to resize_ffs, not -p
--
Rename beagleboard.img to armv7.img. The new image includes the same
kernels as beagleboard.img plus support for Raspberry Pi 2, ODROID-C1,
Cubieboard2, Cubietruck, Hummingbird A31, and Banana Pi.
--
Properly spell X' name. From X(7):
The X.Org Foundation requests that the following names be
used when
referring to this software:
X
X Window System
X Version 11
X Window System, Version 11
X11
--
Add some documentation:
Tell what this does, and what it expects from conf files
--
Cleanup: make_filesystems is not used any longer, purge remains
--
More cleanup:
Instead of first overwriting the *_evbarm functions with own code,
and then calling them from the regular functions, directly put the
code into the regular functions.
No more functions from evbarm.conf are used now.
Some variables are still used!
--
define TOOL_MKUBOOTIMAGE for mkimage
--
fix mkubootimage
|
| 1.11 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.10 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Aug-2011 |
uwe | Revert previous as it introduces "Circular dependency on provision
`mountcritremote'".
route6d is "BEFORE: NETWORKING" and was made to "REQUIRE: mountcritremote",
but mountcritremote "REQUIRE: NETWORKING".
|
| 1.8 | 17-Aug-2011 |
gdt | Make route6d REQUIRE: mountcritremote.
route6d is in /usr/sbin, and thus on systems with separate / and /usr,
/etc/rc.d/route6d can be run before /usr is mounted, resulting in
route6d mysteriously failing to start.
|
| 1.7 | 21-Apr-2007 |
tron | The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.2; 1.6.4; 1.6.8; 1.6.10;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.10.1 | 28-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #588):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.6.8.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.6.4.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2007 |
tron | The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.9 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | branches: 1.9.2; 1.9.4; 1.9.8; 1.9.10;
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.7.6;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.6 | 06-Apr-2001 |
wiz | Remove references to gated, except the conflict check in rc.d/routed.
Noted by Launey Thomas <ljt@alum.mit.edu>.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 29-Mar-2000 |
enami | routed is live in /sbin, not /usr/sbin. Pointed out by kay@kaynet.or.jp.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.7.6.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.9.10.1 | 28-Apr-2007 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #588):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.9.8.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.9.4.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 25-Apr-2007 |
ghen | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1767):
etc/rc.d/routed: revision 1.10
etc/rc.d/route6d: revision 1.7
The "routed" and "route6d" scripts must be run early during system startup
because they are part of the network initialization. Use similar
dependences as the "rtsold" script.
This should fix PR misc/36171.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 31-Jan-2002 |
lukem | Rename NETWORK to NETWORKING, to allow rc.d to be on a case insensitive
file system (prevents conflict with 'network'). PROVIDE both NETWORKING
and NETWORK (the latter for compatibility with 3rd party scripts).
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.3 | 09-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config
|
| 1.2 | 03-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | rpcbind uses a pidfile.
|
| 1.1 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | * Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Jun-2000 |
minoura | file rpcbind was added on branch minoura-xpg4dl on 2000-06-23 15:46:03 +0000
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.11 | 04-Jul-2020 |
skrll | Trailing whitespace
|
| 1.10 | 19-Nov-2016 |
kre | Undo change to a comment made when I thought another change to the
script was needed ... the unnecessary script change was never committed,
but the comment that described it was... No functional change.
|
| 1.9 | 18-Nov-2016 |
kre | The config file is not required to exist (unless specified via -d).
(reported by rhialto@falu.nl) Don't fail to start if it doesn't.
Make sure the directory for the config file exists inside the chroot before
attempting to copy into it ("confdir" was calculated, but never used...)
While here, fix getopts usage (obviously only ever previously tested when
the -c arg was the first option...) and don't use test(1)'s -o operator
(especially not when one of the other args is an unknown string).
If -c is given (and we will chroot), require filename to be full path.
Misc minor style cleanups.
|
| 1.8 | 09-Jul-2013 |
roy | branches: 1.8.6; 1.8.8; 1.8.10; 1.8.12;
Add _rtadvd user and group.
Add a chroot dir for the _rtadvd user.
Drop privs to the user _rtadvd after acquiring our socket.
When rc.d/rtadvd starts or reloads, the rtadvd config file is copied
into the chroot before starting or reloading rtadvd itself.
Create a symlink from /var/run/rtadvd.dump to the chroot
Inital idea from OpenBSD patch rtadvd.c r1.36
|
| 1.7 | 13-Dec-2012 |
roy | Add a pidfile and the reload command.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.6.50; 1.6.56;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.56.2 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.6.56.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.6.50.2 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.6.50.1 | 23-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.8.12.1 | 18-Jan-2017 |
skrll | Sync with netbsd-5
|
| 1.8.10.1 | 07-Jan-2017 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. (Note that most of these changes are simply $NetBSD$
tag issues.)
|
| 1.8.8.1 | 21-Nov-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1274):
etc/rc.d/rtadvd: revision 1.9
The config file is not required to exist (unless specified via -c).
(reported by rhialto@falu.nl) Don't fail to start if it doesn't.
Make sure the directory for the config file exists inside the chroot before
attempting to copy into it ("confdir" was calculated, but never used...)
While here, fix getopts usage (obviously only ever previously tested when
the -c arg was the first option...) and don't use test(1)'s -o operator
(especially not when one of the other args is an unknown string).
If -c is given (and we will chroot), require filename to be full path.
Misc minor style cleanups.
|
| 1.8.6.1 | 21-Nov-2016 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kre in ticket #1274):
etc/rc.d/rtadvd: revision 1.9
The config file is not required to exist (unless specified via -c).
(reported by rhialto@falu.nl) Don't fail to start if it doesn't.
Make sure the directory for the config file exists inside the chroot before
attempting to copy into it ("confdir" was calculated, but never used...)
While here, fix getopts usage (obviously only ever previously tested when
the -c arg was the first option...) and don't use test(1)'s -o operator
(especially not when one of the other args is an unknown string).
If -c is given (and we will chroot), require filename to be full path.
Misc minor style cleanups.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Apr-2009 |
martin | systime() is not needed here - as the man page clearly points out.
Noticed by pooka.
|
| 1.8 | 08-Apr-2009 |
martin | Awk has strftime() and systime(), so no need to pipe the output of date
into the script - just do it internally.
|
| 1.7 | 25-Aug-2007 |
apb | branches: 1.7.18;
Back out previous (which worked but made the code harder to understand),
and implement a different method of avoiding a "-0" result.
|
| 1.6 | 24-Aug-2007 |
martin | Cosmetics: print 0 instead of -0.
From Zafer Aydogan in PR bin/36831.
|
| 1.5 | 01-Oct-2006 |
sketch | Tidy output so it matches other rc scripts.
|
| 1.4 | 26-Apr-2006 |
blymn | Fix rtc offset calculation for timezones that are not integral hours.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 25-Apr-2004 |
schmonz | Add RCS Id.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Dec-2003 |
martin | Add a new /etc/rc.conf option: rtclocaltime=YES adapts the RTC offset
at boot automatically, so a machine dual booting another OS that uses
the RTC at localtime and NetBSD agree on the current time even if daylight
saving started/ended (without recompiling a kernel twice per year).
Awk code by Matt Thomas.
|
| 1.7.18.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.8 | 11-Sep-2014 |
roy | Remove rtsol(8) and rtsold(8) as their functionality is in dhcpcd(8).
Remove rtsol(8) from rc.d/network.
Add -w seconds command to ifconfig to wait for N seconds for until DAD
has finished on all addresses.
Use ifconfig -w in rc.d/network instead of a forced sleep.
As discussed on tech-net@
|
| 1.7 | 07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo | PR 30716: rc.d/ntpd{,ate} precedes rc.d/rtsold. By Ed Hynan.
rc.d/rtsold should be in the same start up line as dhclient.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.8 | 14-Sep-2009 |
apb | Check whether a core dump exists before trying to save it. This should
prevent /etc/rc from thinking that /etc/rc.d/savecore failed.
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 15-Jul-2004 |
atatat | Make the directory into which crash dumps are saved into something
that can be controlled via rc.conf. The default is, of course,
/var/crash.
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.5.4;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.3 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.3 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 15-Jul-2004 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by atatat in ticket #660:
Make the directory into which crash dumps are saved into
something that can be controlled via rc.conf. The default
is, of course, /var/crash.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.5 | 18-Jun-2011 |
plunky | remove empty files
|
| 1.4 | 27-May-2011 |
plunky | branches: 1.4.2;
provide a new 'bluetooth' rc.d script, to handle Bluetooth configuration
in a simpler manner. This replaces btattach, btconfig, bthcid, btdevctl
and sdpd scripts, and also should not require any configuration settings
other than "bluetooth=YES", though the full range of configurations is
still possible.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Jun-2010 |
wiz | Fix typo in sdpd, reported by Jukka Salmi in PR 43401.
This also affected bthcid, so I also fixed it there.
|
| 1.2 | 18-Mar-2007 |
plunky | For sdpd(8), change default user/group from nobody/nobody to _sdpd/_sdpd
|
| 1.1 | 19-Jun-2006 |
gdamore | branches: 1.1.4; 1.1.6;
Initial import of bluetooth stack on behalf of Iain Hibbert. (plunky@,
NetBSD Foundation Membership still pending.) This stack was written by
Iain under sponsorship from Itronix Inc.
The stack includes support for rfcomm networking (networking via your
bluetooth enabled cell phone), hid devices (keyboards/mice), and headsets.
Drivers for both PCMCIA and USB bluetooth controllers are included.
|
| 1.1.6.1 | 29-Oct-2007 |
wrstuden | Catch up with 4.0 RC3
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 14-Oct-2007 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by xtraeme in ticket #930):
etc/group: revision 1.22
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.85
etc/master.passwd: revision 1.38
usr.sbin/sdpd/sdpd.8: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/sdpd.8: revision 1.3
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.113
etc/rc.d/sdpd: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/server.c: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.38
usr.sbin/sdpd/server.h: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/main.c: revision 1.2
usr.sbin/sdpd/main.c: revision 1.3
Add an option to permit members of a specific group to register services, in
order to lower the barrier for users of bluetooth devices which may need to
query services on the local host.
change default user/group from nobody/nobody to _sdpd/_sdpd
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 23-Jun-2011 |
cherry | Catchup with rmind-uvmplock merge.
|
| 1.9 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | No longer use obsolete test "-a" option - use sh && instead.
|
| 1.8 | 29-Dec-2009 |
elad | Securelevel might not be present, properly complain instead of printing
error messages from sysctl(8).
|
| 1.7 | 12-Nov-2008 |
ad | Remove LKMs and switch to the module framework, pass 1.
Proposed on tech-kern@.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.6.26;
Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.3 | 01-Mar-2002 |
mrg | clean up a little:
- don't set the securelevel to the same thing
- don't try to lower the securelevel
inspired by PR#13647
|
| 1.2 | 06-Sep-2000 |
lukem | REQUIRE ipnat and mountd.
fixes PRs [misc/10958] and [misc/10959] by Mike Santos <mike@ethmoid.org>
|
| 1.1 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.2;
migrate raising of securelevel from sysctl to separate securelevel script.
the latter depends upon aftermountlkm (but is required by DAEMON), so that
lkms may be loaded before the securelevel is raised.
noted by Rafal Boni <rafal@mediaone.net> in [bin/10780]
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 06-Sep-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.2 (approved by thorpej):
REQUIRE ipnat and mountd.
fixes PRs [misc/10958] and [misc/10959] by Mike Santos <mike@ethmoid.org>
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.1 (approved by thorpej):
migrate raising of securelevel from sysctl to separate securelevel
script. the latter depends upon aftermountlkm (but is required by
DAEMON), so that lkms may be loaded before the securelevel is
raised. noted by Rafal Boni <rafal@mediaone.net> in [bin/10780]
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | file securelevel was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-08-23 12:08:17 +0000
|
| 1.6.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.22 | 30-May-2006 |
christos | Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
| 1.21 | 19-Aug-2004 |
atatat | Quieten stat(1) with the -q flag.
Addresses PR bin/26711.
|
| 1.20 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.19 | 08-Aug-2004 |
atatat | Switch the check to see if the corresponding db file needs to be
rebuilt from "newer than" to "not older than". The latter check also
manages to take into account cases where the db file doesn't yet exist
because the source is "not older than" something that doesn't yet
exist.
|
| 1.18 | 22-Jul-2004 |
atatat | Add one more check to the sendmail auto-start heuristic: check the
value of MTAHost in the submit.cf. If it doesn't indicate localhost,
we probably don't need the sendmail listener.
Addresses PR bin/26391.
|
| 1.17 | 15-Jul-2004 |
atatat | Change the default settings for sendmail.
(1) The stock sendmail.cf will only listen on the loopback interface.
(2) The stock submit.cf specifally connects to "localhost." which
should be less susceptible to being confused or looking confused.
(3) The smtp listener starts by default, if needed. The setting in
/etc/default/rc.conf is still "no", but rc.d/sendmail detects the
default setting and will change it to yes if need is determined.
Need is defined as "nothing else seems to have been changed about the
mail configuration but we'd like locally originated and locally
destined mail to be delivered". If you change, eg, mailer.conf to
point to postfix or some other MTA, sendmail will not start.
|
| 1.16 | 02-Apr-2003 |
atatat | branches: 1.16.2;
Reorganize/clarify the configuration checks (and subsequent messages)
that might block startup, and be more permissive in general about
allowing the daemons to start.
Add some descriptive comments to the top of the smmsp script that
describe the purpose of the process.
|
| 1.15 | 24-Mar-2003 |
atatat | Tweak postinstall to check for (and help out on) the upgrade to
sendmail 8.12.8. Some of the same machinery (in shorter form) is in
the additions to rc.d/sendmail. Also, add a smmsp startup script for
the sendmail client queue runner.
|
| 1.14 | 12-Feb-2002 |
lukem | improve comment, and clean up a test
|
| 1.13 | 18-Dec-2000 |
jmc | Patch from Hubert. aliases never get rebuilt if aliases.db is never originally generated.
|
| 1.12 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Use && and || for logical concatenations instead of -a/-o test operators.
|
| 1.11 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.10 | 14-Sep-2000 |
jdolecek | On sendmail start, check modification time of /etc/mail/aliases
and couple of other common map files and regenerate appropriate
*.db files as needed.
Idea taken from RedHat 6.2.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.9.2;
use ${start_precmd} to check duplicate sendmail.cf.
do not use "err" on failure, it is not that fatal (it's okay if we
don't start sendmail)
|
| 1.8 | 04-Jun-2000 |
itojun | run sendmail under the following conditions:
- /etc/mail/sendmail.cf exists, no /etc/sendmail.cf
- /etc/mail/sendmail.cf exists, /etc/sendmail.cf same content as
/etc/mail/sendmail.cf
die in other cases. PR 10243.
|
| 1.7 | 31-May-2000 |
itojun | refer PR 10100 for /etc/sendmail.cf check
|
| 1.6 | 15-May-2000 |
tron | branches: 1.6.2;
Don't complain about existence of "/etc/sendmail.cf" if "sendmail" is
not set to "YES" in "/etc/rc.conf".
|
| 1.5 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.4 | 03-May-2000 |
itojun | do not cope with pre-8.10 configuration file. do not start sendmail.
From: hubert
|
| 1.3 | 03-May-2000 |
itojun | sync with sendmail upgrade.
- sendmail configuration files are in /etc/mail, not /etc.
- src/etc/aliases will be installed into /etc/mail/aliases (confusing)
- rc.d/sendmail warns if /etc/sendmail.cf exists.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.6.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.9.2.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.11 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.16.2.4 | 22-Aug-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.21 (requested by atatat in ticket #773):
Quieten stat(1) with the -q flag.
Addresses PR bin/26711.
|
| 1.16.2.3 | 12-Aug-2004 |
jmc | Pullup rev 1.19 (requested by atatat in ticket #753)
Switch the check to see if the corresponding db file needs to be
rebuilt from "newer than" to "not older than". The latter check also
manages to take into account cases where the db file doesnt yet exist.
|
| 1.16.2.2 | 23-Jul-2004 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.18 (requested by atatat in ticket #685):
Add one more check to the sendmail auto-start heuristic: check the
value of MTAHost in the submit.cf. If it doesn't indicate localhost,
we probably don't need the sendmail listener.
Addresses PR bin/26391.
|
| 1.16.2.1 | 15-Jul-2004 |
he | Pull up revision 1.17 (requested by atatat in ticket #662):
Change the default settings for sendmail:
1) The stock sendmail.cf will only listen on the loopback
interface
2) The stock submit.cf specifically connects to "localhost.",
which should be less susceptible to being confused or
looking confused.
3) The SMTP listener starts by default, if needed. The
setting in /etc/default/rc.conf is still "no", but
rc.d/sendmail detects the default setting and will change
it to "yes" if need is determined.
"Need" is defined as "nothing else seems to have been
changed about the mail configuration but we would like
locally originated and locally destined mail to be delivered".
If you change e.g. mailer.conf to point to postfix or some
other MTA, sendmail will not start.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5 | 30-May-2006 |
christos | Remove sendmail (approved by core)
|
| 1.4 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 02-Apr-2003 |
atatat | branches: 1.2.4;
Reorganize/clarify the configuration checks (and subsequent messages)
that might block startup, and be more permissive in general about
allowing the daemons to start.
Add some descriptive comments to the top of the smmsp script that
describe the purpose of the process.
|
| 1.1 | 24-Mar-2003 |
atatat | Tweak postinstall to check for (and help out on) the upgrade to
sendmail 8.12.8. Some of the same machinery (in shorter form) is in
the additions to rc.d/sendmail. Also, add a smmsp startup script for
the sendmail client queue runner.
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.6 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.5 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2019 |
maxv | branches: 1.4.2; 1.4.4;
Remove comment, since there is no parsing anymore.
|
| 1.3 | 12-May-2019 |
kre | I should know better! Don't rely upon the way the shell implements
pipes. Skip the "error" printf from GetSmtId() as there is no easy
portable way to avoid it occurring (there are complicated ways) - but
we don't need it, there is no logical difference between "error" and ""
so just use the latter (if we get an ID, good, if there is nothing, then
there is none - saying 'error' does not mean anything.)
|
| 1.2 | 12-May-2019 |
kre | Restructure code a little.
Use quoting everywhere possibly useful (always the right way, except
in the few cases where it is wrong...)
Avoid using cut & grep (from /usr/bin) so script could run before /usr
is mounted (pity cpuctl is in /usr/sbin ...).
Use sysctl -n rather than attempting to parse its output.
|
| 1.1 | 11-May-2019 |
maxv | Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 13-May-2019 |
christos | file smtoff was added on branch phil-wifi on 2019-06-10 21:42:45 +0000
|
| 1.4.2.2 | 14-May-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by maxv in ticket #1265):
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.2
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.258
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.3
etc/rc.d/smtoff: revision 1.4
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.148
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.103
usr.sbin/postinstall/postinstall: revision 1.226
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.104
etc/mtree/special: revision 1.167
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.180
Add smtoff, an rc.d script that disables Simultaneous Multi-Threading. It
parses the output of cpuctl, and executes "cpuctl offline" for each CPU
that has SmtID!=0.
The default is "smtoff=NO", which means that SMT remains enabled.
Restructure code a little.
Use quoting everywhere possibly useful (always the right way, except
in the few cases where it is wrong...)
Avoid using cut & grep (from /usr/bin) so script could run before /usr
is mounted (pity cpuctl is in /usr/sbin ...).
Use sysctl -n rather than attempting to parse its output.
install rc.d
No change... Previous log message should have said:
Install rc.d/smtoff
I should know better! Don't rely upon the way the shell implements
pipes. Skip the "error" printf from GetSmtId() as there is no easy
portable way to avoid it occurring (there are complicated ways) - but
we don't need it, there is no logical difference between "error" and ""
so just use the latter (if we get an ID, good, if there is nothing, then
there is none - saying 'error' does not mean anything.)
Remove comment, since there is no parsing anymore.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 13-May-2019 |
martin | file smtoff was added on branch netbsd-8 on 2019-05-14 11:33:42 +0000
|
| 1.37 | 22-Jul-2023 |
kim | Remove backwards compat.
|
| 1.36 | 10-Jun-2023 |
kim | Add some backwards compat. Adjust grammar.
|
| 1.35 | 05-Jun-2023 |
riastradh | /etc/rc.d/sshd: Use default curve for ECDSA keygen, not NIST P-521.
The default is NIST P-256, which:
(a) has plenty of cryptanalytic security,
(b) performs better on essentially all platforms (smaller enough that
even the advantage of the Mersenne prime structure of P-521 can't
compete), and
(c) likely gets more scrutiny on implementations than P-521 since it's
more widespread.
|
| 1.34 | 05-Jun-2023 |
riastradh | /etc/rc.d/sshd: Stop generating DSA host keys by default.
If you want them you can generate them yourself, but in this day and
age (Monday and 2023, specifically) there's no reason to be using DSA
except for compatibility with ancient legacy software.
|
| 1.33 | 26-May-2023 |
riastradh | /etc/rc.d/sshd: New check cmd and reload precmd.
- check cmd: run `sshd -t' to check sshd_config file
- reload precmd: run check cmd before reloading so we don't nuke sshd
if there's an error in the sshd_config file
(It is still possible to effectively nuke sshd by changing the
configuration tosomething that won't work on your network, but at
least we avoid making sshd just exit on reload when you make a typo
in a config option.)
XXX pullup-9
XXX pullup-10
|
| 1.32 | 15-May-2022 |
martin | branches: 1.32.2;
PR 56835: fix sshd startup script to only whine about bogus keys it
created if it actualy did create keys (one should thing that a
function called sshd_keygen() only is called to create keys, but
the "precmd" magic makes it run every time sshd is started or stopped).
Patch from Tom Lane, with modifications suggested by kre and a minor
additional cosemtic change.
|
| 1.31 | 26-Sep-2021 |
martin | If key generation happens with not enough entropy in the system, add
a warning to motd pointing at entropy(7) and give instructions how to
re-generate the (weak) keys after fixing up entropy.
Add a "keyregen" command, which forces regeneration of all host keys
to simplify the replacement of weak keys.
|
| 1.30 | 23-Oct-2019 |
christos | simplify more (from rudolf)
|
| 1.29 | 26-May-2018 |
riastradh | branches: 1.29.2; 1.29.4;
Revert previous: Don't generate XMSS host keys for sshd by default.
XMSS is a stateful post-quantum signature scheme.
- Post-quantum security for _online_ authentication is not important
until quantum computers become practical; there's no danger of
retroactive forgery in sessions that have already completed.
- As a stateful signature schemes, XMSS is qualitatively different
from all the other ones sshd supports, requiring additional
administrative care: roll back the state (e.g., from a disk backup
or VM snapshot), and you've shot yourself in the foot.
If users want XMSS keys, they can make them explicitly, but there's
no need for this to be enabled by default.
Discussed with christos offline.
|
| 1.28 | 26-May-2018 |
jmcneill | Silence ssh-keygen output when host keys are generated. Instead, print only
key fingerprints. This replaces dozens of lines out ASCII art output with
something more reasonable:
armv7# service sshd start
ssh-keygen: 1024 SHA256:ynP4BQ2B0Fknnf9PfF4QoUDlYi0+7rNfYXTOYP2cDic root@armv7 (DSA)
ssh-keygen: 521 SHA256:Eoj382aaJNlSxuq/aYj3AXgxfMJAkyVPoCQd2BNjJiA root@armv7 (ECDSA)
ssh-keygen: 256 SHA256:+e9/qTbbN/g6xvkadtHsmIQ+Pc0afZRxbXJsk2HKIzY root@armv7 (ED25519)
ssh-keygen: 2048 SHA256:urNaF/m6oiCe5hXFZBxGLW2PvLz0ibtRFrqYw6R+qTw root@armv7 (RSA)
ssh-keygen: 256 SHA256:Su2Nal2W3vrFz8ukpcSXngl1/bu6xUm1nSvbxTHe9Js root@armv7 (XMSS)
Starting sshd.
|
| 1.27 | 09-Apr-2018 |
christos | Simplify so we don't have to hard-code the key filenames in two places.
|
| 1.26 | 07-Apr-2018 |
christos | support xmss keys
|
| 1.25 | 04-Dec-2017 |
kre | branches: 1.25.2;
Do away with (not well specified, even if it happens to work) absurd
15 arg test ([ ]) expression, and replace it with several well defined
2 arg tests, combined with (also well defined) sh syntax.
|
| 1.24 | 07-Oct-2017 |
sevan | With the new version of OpenSSH, SSHv1 is no longer supported server-side.
Along with that rsa1 type keys are no longer supported.
Don't try to generate such keys on new systems.
ok christos
|
| 1.23 | 19-Oct-2014 |
christos | branches: 1.23.8;
Add new keytype, replace duplicated code with loop
|
| 1.22 | 07-Feb-2013 |
christos | branches: 1.22.10;
PR/47540: Felix Deichmann: DSA keys can only be 1024 bits.
|
| 1.21 | 25-Jul-2011 |
christos | branches: 1.21.2; 1.21.4; 1.21.8; 1.21.10; 1.21.12;
generate ecdsa key
|
| 1.20 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.19 | 18-Feb-2004 |
jonb | Add ssh_keygen_flags variable to rc.conf to allow users to set the
size of auto-generated keys if desired.
|
| 1.18 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | Complete the conversion back to the OpenSSH default configuration files of
"/etc/ssh/ssh_config" (from "/etc/ssh/ssh.conf") for ssh(1) and other
userland tools, and "/etc/ssh/sshd_config (from "/etc/ssh/sshd.conf")
for sshd(8).
etc/postinstall will detect this, and if "fix" is given, rename the files.
|
| 1.17 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | deprecate $sshd_conf_dir and hardcode /etc/ssh.
$sshd_conf_dir wasn't as flexible as liked (it didn't work for ssh(1),
host keys or known_hosts).
|
| 1.16 | 19-Apr-2002 |
enami | Don't assume that $0 is this script.
|
| 1.15 | 19-Apr-2002 |
enami | Wrap long lines.
|
| 1.14 | 27-Mar-2002 |
lukem | Set command_args to '-f ${sshd_conf_dir}/${name}.conf'.
This occurs before the first load_rc_config() so that it may be
overridden by the user, and appears in single quotes so the
variables don't get evaluated until the eval in run_rc_command().
Problem noted by Patrick Welche <prlw1@cam.ac.uk> in [bin/15912].
|
| 1.13 | 24-Feb-2002 |
lukem | Support alternate config dir for sshd conf file and keys (defaults to "/etc").
Based on [misc/12473] from Jim Bernard.
|
| 1.12 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | be consistent with other scripts when temporarily setting umask to 022
|
| 1.11 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | set the umask to 022 (remembering the previous setting) for ssh_keygen()
|
| 1.10 | 26-Mar-2001 |
itojun | check existence of /etc/ssh_host_rsa_key too
|
| 1.9 | 26-Mar-2001 |
itojun | auto-generate SSH protocol version 2 RSA key.
use newer command line syntax for ssh-keygen (-t <type>, instead of -d)
|
| 1.8 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 10-Aug-2000 |
lukem | - sshd has a pid file, so take advantage of it
- support `reload' arg (using default of SIGHUP)
|
| 1.6 | 10-Aug-2000 |
lukem | - provide sshd not ssh
- don't start until after LOGIN (after NETWORK is way too early)
- KNF (as such :)
|
| 1.5 | 01-Aug-2000 |
jwise | branches: 1.5.2;
Change name of precmd from start_precmd to sshd_precmd. While it worked
fine as was, the result was the line `start_precmd=start_precmd' which
looked odd. Pointed out by Bernd Ernesti.
While here, add NetBSD RCS Id.
BTW, to clarify, as people have asked: this script does not support
pkgsrc/security/sshd -- that package comes with a perfectly fine rc script
which in addition to supporting /etc/rc.d can also be used with 1.4.X.
This script will not trivially work with the ssh package as it a.) calls
the ssh commands at the pathnames they will be installed at by usr.bin/ssh,
and b.) generates a DSA key as well as an RSA key.
|
| 1.4 | 31-Jul-2000 |
jlam | Correct apparent past-o: RSA -> DSA
|
| 1.3 | 31-Jul-2000 |
jwise | An sshd startup script for use with usr.bin/sshd. Installation is conditional
on ${SSHDIST}, as with usr.bin/ssh itself.
This script includes a `keygen' target for regenerating RSA and DSA host keys,
and invokes this if these keys are not present when sshd is started up.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.5.2.6 | 30-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by itojun):
Auto-generate SSH protocol version 2 RSA key.
Use newer command syntax (``-t <type>'' instead of ``-d'').
(fix to previous)
|
| 1.5.2.5 | 30-Mar-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.9 (requested by itojun):
Auto-generate SSH protocol version 2 RSA key.
Use newer command syntax (``-t <type>'' instead of ``-d'').
|
| 1.5.2.4 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.8 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.5.2.3 | 29-Sep-2000 |
thorpej | Sync this with rev 1.8.
|
| 1.5.2.2 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.5.2.1 | 01-Aug-2000 |
lukem | file sshd was added on branch netbsd-1-5 on 2000-08-09 19:09:46 +0000
|
| 1.21.12.1 | 15-Aug-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1468):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.22
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.23
PR/47540: Felix Deichmann: DSA keys can only be 1024 bits.
--
Add new keytype, replace duplicated code with loop
|
| 1.21.10.1 | 15-Aug-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1468):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.22
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.23
PR/47540: Felix Deichmann: DSA keys can only be 1024 bits.
--
Add new keytype, replace duplicated code with loop
|
| 1.21.8.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.21.4.1 | 15-Aug-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by mrg in ticket #1468):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.22-1.23
PR/47540: Felix Deichmann: DSA keys can only be 1024 bits.
--
Add new keytype, replace duplicated code with loop
|
| 1.21.2.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.22.10.1 | 02-May-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #728):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.23
Add new keytype, replace duplicated code with loop
|
| 1.23.8.3 | 07-Jun-2018 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #838):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.28
Silence ssh-keygen output when host keys are generated. Instead, print only
key fingerprints. This replaces dozens of lines out ASCII art output with
something more reasonable:
armv7# service sshd start
ssh-keygen: 1024 SHA256:ynP4BQ2B0Fknnf9PfF4QoUDlYi0+7rNfYXTOYP2cDic root@armv7 (DSA)
ssh-keygen: 521 SHA256:Eoj382aaJNlSxuq/aYj3AXgxfMJAkyVPoCQd2BNjJiA root@armv7 (ECDSA)
ssh-keygen: 256 SHA256:+e9/qTbbN/g6xvkadtHsmIQ+Pc0afZRxbXJsk2HKIzY root@armv7 (ED25519)
ssh-keygen: 2048 SHA256:urNaF/m6oiCe5hXFZBxGLW2PvLz0ibtRFrqYw6R+qTw root@armv7 (RSA)
ssh-keygen: 256 SHA256:Su2Nal2W3vrFz8ukpcSXngl1/bu6xUm1nSvbxTHe9Js root@armv7 (XMSS)
Starting sshd.
|
| 1.23.8.2 | 10-Dec-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #420):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.25
Do away with (not well specified, even if it happens to work) absurd
15 arg test ([ ]) expression, and replace it with several well defined
2 arg tests, combined with (also well defined) sh syntax.
|
| 1.23.8.1 | 04-Dec-2017 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #321):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.24
Don't try to generate sshv1 keys on new systems.
|
| 1.25.2.3 | 25-Jun-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.25.2.2 | 16-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD, resolve some conflicts
|
| 1.25.2.1 | 07-Apr-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD. 77 conflicts resolved - all of them $NetBSD$
|
| 1.29.4.1 | 21-Jun-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #1643):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.30
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.33
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.34
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.35
simplify more (from rudolf)
/etc/rc.d/sshd: New check cmd and reload precmd.
- check cmd: run `sshd -t' to check sshd_config file
- reload precmd: run check cmd before reloading so we don't nuke sshd
if there's an error in the sshd_config file
(It is still possible to effectively nuke sshd by changing the
configuration tosomething that won't work on your network, but at
least we avoid making sshd just exit on reload when you make a typo
in a config option.)
/etc/rc.d/sshd: Stop generating DSA host keys by default.
If you want them you can generate them yourself, but in this day and
age (Monday and 2023, specifically) there's no reason to be using DSA
except for compatibility with ancient legacy software.
/etc/rc.d/sshd: Use default curve for ECDSA keygen, not NIST P-521.
The default is NIST P-256, which:
(a) has plenty of cryptanalytic security,
(b) performs better on essentially all platforms (smaller enough that
even the advantage of the Mersenne prime structure of P-521 can't
compete), and
(c) likely gets more scrutiny on implementations than P-521 since it's
more widespread.
|
| 1.29.2.1 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.32.2.1 | 21-Jun-2023 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by kim in ticket #196):
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.33
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.34
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.35
etc/rc.d/sshd: revision 1.36
/etc/rc.d/sshd: New check cmd and reload precmd.
- check cmd: run `sshd -t' to check sshd_config file
- reload precmd: run check cmd before reloading so we don't nuke sshd
if there's an error in the sshd_config file
(It is still possible to effectively nuke sshd by changing the
configuration tosomething that won't work on your network, but at
least we avoid making sshd just exit on reload when you make a typo
in a config option.)
/etc/rc.d/sshd: Stop generating DSA host keys by default.
If you want them you can generate them yourself, but in this day and
age (Monday and 2023, specifically) there's no reason to be using DSA
except for compatibility with ancient legacy software.
/etc/rc.d/sshd: Use default curve for ECDSA keygen, not NIST P-521.
The default is NIST P-256, which:
(a) has plenty of cryptanalytic security,
(b) performs better on essentially all platforms (smaller enough that
even the advantage of the Mersenne prime structure of P-521 can't
compete), and
(c) likely gets more scrutiny on implementations than P-521 since it's
more widespread.
Add some backwards compat. Adjust grammar.
|
| 1.6 | 02-May-2012 |
gendalia | Add the ability for staticroute to evaluate lines from /etc/route.conf
as shell script fragments, add example to the route.conf man page of
evaluating variables.
Remove route.conf man page statement that staticroute is enabled in
rc.conf since that's incorrect.
Wrap the staticroute while in parens, per <apb> & <christos>, and
quote all the arguments for the evals.
|
| 1.5 | 07-Oct-2009 |
tron | branches: 1.5.6; 1.5.8;
Add proper error reporting via the return code:
Remember if any of the "route" commands failed and return an error in
that case.
|
| 1.4 | 07-Oct-2009 |
tron | Add a "return 0" to avoid incorrect error returns because we ran out of
lines to read from "/etc/route.conf".
|
| 1.3 | 31-Jan-2008 |
reed | branches: 1.3.2; 1.3.12;
Add comment to point to manual page for details.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.16;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 09-Jan-2003 |
christos | Script to add and remove static routes:
eg:
$ cat /etc/route.conf
# Turn on/off IP forwarding.
+sysctl -w net.inet.ip.forwarding=1
-sysctl -w net.inet.ip.forwarding=0
net 192.168.2.0 -netmask 255.255.255.0 192.168.150.2
|
| 1.2.16.1 | 23-Mar-2008 |
matt | sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 19-May-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by gendalia in ticket #1757):
share/man/man5/route.conf.5: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/staticroute: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/staticroute: revision 1.5
etc/rc.d/staticroute: revision 1.6
Add a "return 0" to avoid incorrect error returns because we ran out of
lines to read from "/etc/route.conf".
Add proper error reporting via the return code:
Remember if any of the "route" commands failed and return an error in
that case.
Add the ability for staticroute to evaluate lines from /etc/route.conf
as shell script fragments, add example to the route.conf man page of
evaluating variables.
Remove route.conf man page statement that staticroute is enabled in
rc.conf since that's incorrect.
Wrap the staticroute while in parens, per <apb> & <christos>, and
quote all the arguments for the evals.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 31-Jan-2008 |
reed | Add comment to point to manual page for details.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 31-Jan-2008 |
reed | file staticroute was added on branch mjf-devfs on 2008-01-31 15:21:33 +0000
|
| 1.5.8.1 | 07-May-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by gendalia in ticket #211):
share/man/man5/route.conf.5: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/staticroute: revision 1.6
Add the ability for staticroute to evaluate lines from /etc/route.conf
as shell script fragments, add example to the route.conf man page of
evaluating variables.
Remove route.conf man page statement that staticroute is enabled in
rc.conf since that's incorrect.
Wrap the staticroute while in parens, per <apb> & <christos>, and
quote all the arguments for the evals.
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 23-May-2012 |
yamt | sync with head.
|
| 1.2 | 22-May-2001 |
fredette | sunndd has been renamed to ndbootd.
|
| 1.1 | 17-May-2001 |
fredette | Added rc.d support for sunndd.
|
| 1.14 | 16-Apr-2022 |
andvar | fix various typos in comments and log messages.
|
| 1.13 | 19-Oct-2018 |
martin | Apply patch from Ian D. Leroux in PR bin/51019:
when unmounting tmpfs file systems at shutdown time, avoid unmounting
a tmpfs created by init on /dev - behaviour overridable from rc.conf.
By default all tmpfs that have device nodes are not mounted.
|
| 1.12 | 20-Apr-2015 |
prlw1 | branches: 1.12.14; 1.12.16;
Apply modified version of patch from Wolfgang Stukenbrock in PR bin/41766
This forcibly unmounts tmpfs file systems, so that swapctl doesn't run
out of swap itself, eventually trying to kill pid 1.
No objections since:
http://mail-index.netbsd.org/current-users/2015/03/16/msg026908.html
|
| 1.11 | 24-Sep-2009 |
apb | Adapt /etc/rc.d/swap1 and swap2 scripts to the new meaning of
exit status 2 from swapctl(8).
|
| 1.10 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.9 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.9.36;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.8 | 24-Mar-2002 |
lukem | also check $rc_force != "" to determine if operation should occur
|
| 1.7 | 21-Mar-2002 |
lukem | Implement rc.conf(5) variable `` $swapoff ''.
If set to yes, block-type swap partitions will be deleted upon shutdown.
This can be useful if swapping onto a RAIDframe device, but may cause
unnecessary delays during shutdown for the general case, so it's
disabled by default.
Should resolve [bin/14433] and [kern/14769].
|
| 1.6 | 13-Apr-2001 |
msaitoh | check no_swap
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Apr-2000 |
thorpej | Make ccd and raidframe provide `disks', and make swap1 and fsck
depend on `disks', rather than `ccd' and `raidframe'.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Add raidframe to the REQUIRE list. rcorder seems to get it right, but it
is better to add it.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 30-Sep-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.6 (requested by msaitoh):
Check for and obey no_swap.
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.9.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.12.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.12.14.1 | 20-Oct-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with head
|
| 1.8 | 24-Sep-2009 |
apb | Adapt /etc/rc.d/swap1 and swap2 scripts to the new meaning of
exit status 2 from swapctl(8).
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | remove BEFORE DAEMON
|
| 1.4 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5:
remove `BEFORE: DAEMON'
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.14 | 13-Jun-2021 |
mlelstv | run sysctl early enough.
|
| 1.13 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.12 | 29-Apr-2002 |
lukem | don't bother warning about obsolete $defcorename and $nfsiod_flags;
postinstall now checks for these
|
| 1.11 | 27-Mar-2002 |
lukem | clean up warnings.
don't bother setting defcorename from obsolete $defcorename.
|
| 1.10 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.9 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | migrate raising of securelevel from sysctl to separate securelevel script.
the latter depends upon aftermountlkm (but is required by DAEMON), so that
lkms may be loaded before the securelevel is raised.
noted by Rafal Boni <rafal@mediaone.net> in [bin/10780]
|
| 1.8 | 13-Jun-2000 |
itojun | branches: 1.8.2;
add rc.d/ipsec for ipsec configuration. when enabled, it will inject
/etc/ipsec.conf into "setkey -f". PR 9609.
|
| 1.7 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.7.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.6 | 07-May-2000 |
tsarna | This was doubly borken...
|
| 1.5 | 07-May-2000 |
tsarna | Only warn on non-default old nfsiod args.
|
| 1.4 | 15-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | Death to nfsiod!
It is replaced by kernel threads that do the same thing. The number of
kernel threads used is set with the vfs.nfs.iothreads sysctl.
|
| 1.3 | 09-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | Improve backwards compatability and leave securelevel the old way.
|
| 1.2 | 08-Apr-2000 |
tsarna | The file /etc/sysctl.conf is now run with sysctl -f at boot time.
This replaces the previous /etc/rc.d/sysctl. Also, the variables are now
set earlier, between ipf/ipnat and the network coming up.
The rc.conf defcorename and securelevel variables are no more. You can
set them directly in sysctl.conf now.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.7.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.8.2.1 | 23-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.9 (approved by thorpej):
migrate raising of securelevel from sysctl to separate securelevel
script. the latter depends upon aftermountlkm (but is required by
DAEMON), so that lkms may be loaded before the securelevel is
raised. noted by Rafal Boni <rafal@mediaone.net> in [bin/10780]
|
| 1.26 | 25-Dec-2023 |
kre | Stop using the obsolete test(1) -o operator, use sh || instead.
Prefer sh ! over test's ! (though that one is not completely obsolete).
|
| 1.25 | 23-Apr-2016 |
dholland | Avoid unnecessary use of basename(1). From Jukka Salmi a long, long time
ago on a tech-kern far, far away.
|
| 1.24 | 03-Jun-2012 |
joerg | Switch device database to cdb(5). Rework ttyname(3) and ttyname_r(3) to
depend on new devname_r(3) as heart. Add /dev/pts magic directly to
devname(3). While it can lead to returning non-existing paths, the
behavior is more consistent that way. Drop caching layer in devname(3),
it doesn't buy anything for the common case of having access to the
database. Teach devname(3) proper fallback behavior of scanning /dev.
Create both old-style and new-style database for now in /etc/rc.d/sysdb.
|
| 1.23 | 21-Feb-2012 |
nakayama | Avoid rebuilding services database every boot time.
The database has been renamed since the default was changed to CDB format.
|
| 1.22 | 02-Sep-2011 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.22.2; 1.22.4;
Terminate line with a '.', not the word 'done', for consistency with other
startup scripts.
|
| 1.21 | 18-Jun-2009 |
christos | now that pwd_mkdb does not change the version, warn if we still have version
0 databases.
|
| 1.20 | 26-Aug-2007 |
dyoung | Let an rc variable, sysdb=YES|NO, control the building of the system
databases. Defaults to YES.
|
| 1.19 | 16-May-2007 |
christos | check if the source exists, not that it is a file. Reported by
Blair Sadewitz
|
| 1.18 | 13-May-2007 |
christos | don't attempt to build the db file if the src file does not exist.
|
| 1.17 | 10-May-2007 |
christos | Move .db files for services and netgroup to /var/db per gimpy's request.
|
| 1.16 | 08-May-2007 |
christos | - don't trash utmp{,x} needlessly
- also support netgroup services and password
- pretty print
|
| 1.15 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Fix for /bin/ksh, from Jukka Salmi in PR 27232.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.13 | 11-May-2003 |
ragge | branches: 1.13.4;
Remove kvm_mkdb, it's not used anymore.
|
| 1.12 | 24-Feb-2003 |
atatat | Execute the actual command as it's set instead of calling the sh
routine directly. This allows one to to override a specific command
via the use of /etc/rc.conf.d/sysdb.
|
| 1.11 | 08-Oct-2002 |
atatat | Reorganize the sysdb script so that lkm{1,2,3} can request that the
dev database be rebuilt after loading modules. Loading modules might
create new nodes in /dev, but the dev database is being initialized
too soon for lkm2 and lkm3. This means that, eg, /dev/xf86 (typically
marked AFTERMOUNT and loaded by lkm2) will show up properly. Reviewed
by lukem.
|
| 1.10 | 16-Sep-2002 |
perry | create a utmpx with the same permissions as utmp
Solves pr 18282, although very differently.
|
| 1.9 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.8 | 16-Apr-2001 |
lukem | wrap kvm_mkdb arg in "s. from adam laurie in pr 12664
|
| 1.7 | 14-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Add missing -n option of sysctl(8) booted_kernel name retrival.
|
| 1.6 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | - avoid -a or -o logical operator of test command as possible. They would
introduce syntaxical ambiguousity, and having concatenation with && or
|| costs nothing because our sh(1) has test(1) builtin.
- use elif construct to avoid dungling else-ifs.
- while-read construct does not need enclosed by a sub-shell.
- variable detection could be done in eval args=\$ifconfig_$int
- smart variable substitution occationally saves lines and extra command
invocations.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 27-Jul-2000 |
lukem | move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 08-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by lukem in ticket #1266):
Fix for /bin/ksh, from Jukka Salmi in PR 27232.
|
| 1.22.4.2 | 23-Jun-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by joerg in ticket #328):
lib/libc/gen/devname.c: revision 1.22
distrib/sparc64/instfs/dot.profile: revision 1.7
distrib/i386/cdroms/install.sh: revision 1.3
tests/lib/libcurses/director/director.c: revision 1.10
lib/libc/include/reentrant.h: revision 1.15
distrib/amd64/cdroms/install.sh: revision 1.3
tests/include/t_paths.c: revision 1.12
share/man/man7/hier.7: revision 1.101
etc/rc.d/sysdb: revision 1.24
include/stdlib.h: revision 1.99
tests/lib/libcurses/Makefile: revision 1.3
distrib/sparc64/cdroms/installcd/install.sh: revision 1.3
distrib/i386/cdroms/Makefile.cdrom: revision 1.27
lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c: revision 1.25
usr.bin/tic/Makefile: revision 1.2
tools/compat/Makefile: revision 1.57
lib/libterminfo/compile.c: revision 1.7
lib/libc/gen/ttyname.c: revision 1.26
lib/libterminfo/compile.c: revision 1.8
tools/compat/Makefile: revision 1.59
tools/compat/cdbw.h: revision 1.1
distrib/i386/installimage/install.sh: revision 1.2
lib/libc/include/namespace.h: revision 1.154
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.13
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.14
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.15
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.996
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.16
usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.8: revision 1.13
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.17
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.18
tools/compat/cdbr.h: revision 1.1
distrib/sparc64/instfs/list: revision 1.25
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.19
lib/libc/cdb/cdbw.c: revision 1.4
lib/libc/cdb/cdbw.3: revision 1.4
lib/libc/cdb/cdbw.3: revision 1.5
share/terminfo/Makefile: revision 1.3
usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/dev_mkdb.c: revision 1.29
usr.sbin/dev_mkdb/Makefile: revision 1.8
lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3: revision 1.23
lib/libc/gen/ttyname.3: revision 1.24
lib/libc/cdb/cdbr.c: revision 1.3
include/cdbw.h: revision 1.2
distrib/sparc64/cdroms/installcd/Makefile: revision 1.15
lib/libc/gen/devname.3: revision 1.12
tools/compat/compat_defs.h: revision 1.85
tools/compat/compat_defs.h: revision 1.86
lib/libterminfo/term_private.h: revision 1.10
lib/libterminfo/term.c: revision 1.14
usr.bin/tic/tic.1: revision 1.10
lib/libterminfo/term.c: revision 1.15
lib/libterminfo/Makefile.hash: revision 1.5
lib/libterminfo/term.c: revision 1.16
distrib/amd64/installimage/install.sh: revision 1.2
share/man/man5/rc.conf.5: revision 1.152
distrib/sets/lists/tests/mi: revision 1.472
distrib/amd64/cdroms/Makefile.cdrom: revision 1.7
include/paths.h: revision 1.41
bin/ps/ps.1: revision 1.101
lib/libterminfo/terminfo.5.in: revision 1.16
usr.bin/tic/tic.c: revision 1.20
lib/libterminfo/terminfo.5.in: revision 1.17
Prefer __printflike.
Use queue(3)
Replace linear lookup with hash table, reducing runtime by 60%.
Use e* from util.h.
One more strdup -> estrdup.
Maintain nalias and nterm on the fly.
Add void for ttyslot prototype.
Use memcmp in place of strncmp, since length is known to no longer than
either of the arguments.
Fix a number of memory leaks. Keep final loop of the cleanup in tic(1)
under #ifdef __VALGRIND__ though.
Add __predict_true / __predict_false definitions.
Add a special seeder for cdbw_output that gives stable results.
Hook up cdbw(3) for the tool build.
Prototype for cdbw_stable_seeder.
Provide a usable thr_once for !_REENTRANT
Switch device database to cdb(5). Rework ttyname(3) and ttyname_r(3) to
depend on new devname_r(3) as heart. Add /dev/pts magic directly to
devname(3). While it can lead to returning non-existing paths, the
behavior is more consistent that way. Drop caching layer in devname(3),
it doesn't buy anything for the common case of having access to the
database. Teach devname(3) proper fallback behavior of scanning /dev.
Create both old-style and new-style database for now in /etc/rc.d/sysdb.
Switch terminfo(3) to cdb(5).
Fix typos.
Make Alan Barrett happy and add ().
Add cdbr(3) support to tools/compat.
Bump date for previous.
Relax consistency to make it possible to match valid entries.
Prefix devname's buffer with /dev/ as ttyname is supposed to return the
full path. Reported by Dave Huang.
|
| 1.22.4.1 | 23-Feb-2012 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by nakayama in ticket #27):
etc/rc.d/sysdb: revision 1.23
Avoid rebuilding services database every boot time.
The database has been renamed since the default was changed to CDB format.
|
| 1.22.2.2 | 30-Oct-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.22.2.1 | 17-Apr-2012 |
yamt | sync with head
|
| 1.15 | 11-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config `basename chrootdirscript` in a subshell to determine
the rc.conf(5) setting for chrootdirscript, incase the configuration
for that is in /etc/rc.conf.d/chrootdirscript.
Fixes PR 26478 from Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.14 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.13 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | branches: 1.13.4;
Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.12 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.12.2;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.11 | 22-Mar-2002 |
lukem | - Rename a bunch of "internal" run_rc_command() variables and officially
make them "externally" available:
Previous Current Purpose
-------- ------- -------
_arg rc_arg Argument to command, after fast/force
processing performed (and prefix
removed)
_flags rc_flags Flags to start the default command
with. Defaults to ${name}_flags,
unless overridden by $flags from the
environment. This variable may be
changed by the precmd method.
_pid rc_pid PID of command (if appropriate).
_rc_run_fast rc_fast Not empty is "fast" was provided.
_rc_run_force rc_force Not empty is "force" was provided.
- Use rc_flags instead of _flags or ${name}_flags in various rc.d scripts,
so that $flags from the environment overrides ${name}_flags from rc.conf(5).
Fixes [bin/15800].
|
| 1.10 | 20-Feb-2002 |
lukem | oops; forgot to retain previous setting of $_flags (aka $syslogd_flags)
which adding "-P /var/run/syslogd.sockets"...
|
| 1.9 | 18-Jan-2002 |
lukem | * build /var/run/syslogd.sockets to contain list of sockets in chrooted cages
that we know about, and start syslogd with -P /var/run/syslogd.sockets
if necessary.
* add ${ntpd_chrootdir}/var/run/log to known sockets
|
| 1.8 | 12-Mar-2001 |
lukem | if $named_chrootdir is defined, add ${named_chrootdir}/var/run/log to
the list of sockets listened to.
|
| 1.7 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 29-Jul-2000 |
veego | syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
|
| 1.5 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.4 | 14-May-2000 |
tron | branches: 1.4.4;
Add "wscons" to requirement list so that a tty used for syslog output
will be created before starting the syslog daemon.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.7 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.12.2.1 | 18-Jun-2002 |
lukem | Pull up revision 1.13 (requested by lukem in ticket #316):
Build the list of names to check for $XXX_chrootdir support from
`rcorder -k chrootdir` rather than hardcoding "named ntpd".
Based on [misc/16884] from Jarle Greipsland <jarle@uninett.no>
|
| 1.13.4.1 | 16-Jan-2005 |
he | Pull up revision 1.15 (requested by lukem in ticket #912):
Use "load_rc_config `basename chrootdirscript`" in a subshell
to determine the rc.conf(5) setting for chrootdirscript, incase
the configuration for that is in /etc/rc.conf.d/chrootdirscript.
Fixes PR#26478.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 27-Aug-2002 |
takemura | Added touch panel calibration utility.
|
| 1.7 | 10-Nov-2012 |
apb | Make /etc/rc.d/ttys run after /etc/rc.d/bootconf.sh,
because bootconf could conceivably change /etc/ttys.
|
| 1.6 | 10-Nov-2004 |
christos | branches: 1.6.50; 1.6.56;
Don't try to chmod ptys if we have none.
|
| 1.5 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 12-Feb-2002 |
lukem | reset perms of ptyX[0-9a-zA-Z] instead of just ptyX[0-9a-f]
|
| 1.3 | 25-Apr-2001 |
lukem | setup tty[p-uw-zP-T]? (kern.maxpty default = 256) instead of just tty[p-s]?.
on platforms which don't reserve ttyv? for console on ttyv0, set up ttyv?
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.6.56.1 | 20-Nov-2012 |
tls | Resync to 2012-11-19 00:00:00 UTC
|
| 1.6.50.1 | 16-Jan-2013 |
yamt | sync with (a bit old) head
|
| 1.9 | 15-May-2007 |
elad | Some Veriexec stuff that's been rotting in my tree for months.
Bug fixes:
- Fix crash reported by Scott Ellis on current-users@.
- Fix race conditions in enforcing the Veriexec rename and remove
policies. These are NOT security issues.
- Fix memory leak in rename handling when overwriting a monitored
file.
- Fix table deletion logic.
- Don't prevent query requests if not in learning mode.
KPI updates:
- fileassoc_table_run() now takes a cookie to pass to the callback.
- veriexec_table_add() was removed, it is now done internally. As a
result, there's no longer a need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE.
- veriexec_report() was removed, it is now internal.
- Perform sanity checks on the entry type, and enforce default type
in veriexec_file_add() rather than in veriexecctl.
- Add veriexec_flush(), used to delete all Veriexec tables, and
veriexec_dump(), used to fill an array with all Veriexec entries.
New features:
- Add a '-k' flag to veriexecctl, to keep the filenames in the kernel
database. This allows Veriexec to produce slightly more accurate
logs under certain circumstances. In the future, this can be either
replaced by vnode->pathname translation, or combined with it.
- Add a VERIEXEC_DUMP ioctl, to dump the entire Veriexec database.
This can be used to recover a database if the file was lost.
Example usage:
# veriexecctl dump > /etc/signatures
Note that only entries with the filename kept (that is, were loaded
with the '-k' flag) will be dumped.
Idea from Brett Lymn.
- Add a VERIEXEC_FLUSH ioctl, to delete all Veriexec entries. Sample
usage:
# veriexecctl flush
- Add a 'veriexec_flags' rc(8) variable, and make its default have
the '-k' flag. On systems using the default signatures file
(generaetd from running 'veriexecgen' with no arguments), this will
use additional 32kb of kernel memory on average.
- Add a '-e' flag to veriexecctl, to evaluate the fingerprint during
load. This is done automatically for files marked as 'untrusted'.
Misc. stuff:
- The code for veriexecctl was massively simplified as a result of
eliminating the need for VERIEXEC_TABLESIZE, and now uses a single
pass of the signatures file, making the loading somewhat faster.
- Lots of minor fixes found using the (still under development)
Veriexec regression testsuite.
- Some of the messages Veriexec prints were improved.
- Various documentation fixes.
All relevant man-pages were updated to reflect the above changes.
Binary compatibility with existing veriexecctl binaries is maintained.
|
| 1.8 | 15-Oct-2005 |
elad | Load Veriexec signatures after mountall. Use veriexec_strict and
veriexec_verbose to set strict level and verbose level in rc.conf.
Defaults are 0.
|
| 1.7 | 11-Oct-2005 |
elad | Revert previous commit; I'll find a better solution.
|
| 1.6 | 11-Oct-2005 |
elad | We need mountall here.
|
| 1.5 | 15-Jun-2005 |
elad | Run veriexec before securelevel and sysctl scripts. Suggested by Nino Dehne.
|
| 1.4 | 20-Apr-2005 |
blymn | Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.3.2;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 15-Jan-2004 |
uebayasi | Missing rcvar. From Nicolas Joly in PR 24106.
|
| 1.1 | 14-Jan-2004 |
blymn | Add startup script for verified exec.
|
| 1.3.2.5 | 21-Oct-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by elad in ticket #896):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/veriexec: revision 1.8
Load Veriexec signatures after mountall. Use veriexec_strict and
veriexec_verbose to set strict level and verbose level in rc.conf.
Defaults are 0.
|
| 1.3.2.4 | 21-Oct-2005 |
tron | Backout ticket 883. It has been superseeded by ticket 896.
|
| 1.3.2.3 | 21-Oct-2005 |
tron | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by elad in ticket #883):
etc/rc.d/veriexec: revision 1.6
We need mountall here.
|
| 1.3.2.2 | 02-Jul-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.5 (requested by elad in ticket #487):
Run veriexec before securelevel and sysctl scripts. Suggested by Nino Dehne.
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 10-Jun-2005 |
tron | Pull up revision 1.4 (requested by elad in ticket #389):
Rototill of the verified exec functionality.
* We now use hash tables instead of a list to store the in kernel
fingerprints.
* Fingerprint methods handling has been made more flexible, it is now
even simpler to add new methods.
* the loader no longer passes in magic numbers representing the
fingerprint method so veriexecctl is not longer kernel specific.
* fingerprint methods can be tailored out using options in the kernel
config file.
* more fingerprint methods added - rmd160, sha256/384/512
* veriexecctl can now report the fingerprint methods supported by the
running kernel.
* regularised the naming of some portions of veriexec.
|
| 1.9 | 02-May-2025 |
reed | set command_interpreter in /etc/rc.d/virecover so status works
This was prompted by PR bin/31060
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.106;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 11-Jan-2004 |
uebayasi | Define an rcvar "virecover" so that this can be configurable. The default
is YES.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 11-Apr-2001 |
aymeric | we now rely on /usr/libexec/virecover to get the work done
|
| 1.4 | 09-Oct-2000 |
nisimura | Use find(1) to search files in straight fashion with the cost of external
command invocation.
|
| 1.3 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.2 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.2.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.2.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.106.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.4 | 21-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Split fsck during boot into two phases. Check the root file system
first, mount root and run the various disk providers. Add swap and
check the remaining file systems after that.
This breaks the dependency cycle for lvm, which needs writeable /dev.
Depend on rndctl in cgd.
|
| 1.3 | 15-Apr-2009 |
joerg | Add missing PROVIDE.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.2.22; 1.2.26; 1.2.36;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.1 | 30-Jul-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.1.2;
Add a wdogctl startup/shutdown script.
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 11-Nov-2002 |
he | Pull up revision 1.1 (new, requested by thorpej in ticket #584):
Add a wdogctl startup/shutdown script.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 30-Jul-2002 |
he | file wdogctl was added on branch netbsd-1-6 on 2002-11-11 23:42:03 +0000
|
| 1.2.36.1 | 13-May-2009 |
jym | Sync with HEAD.
Third (and last) commit. See http://mail-index.netbsd.org/source-changes/2009/05/13/msg221222.html
|
| 1.2.26.1 | 21-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Start where the mjf-devfs branch left off.
|
| 1.2.22.1 | 18-Feb-2008 |
mjf | Add some devfs code that's been sitting in my local tree for a while.
devfsd(8) is now the first daemon to be started after init(8). It tracks
device insertion (will eventually track removal) and devfs mounts.
Currently, we can mount multiple device file systems and have device
special files pushed into the mounts automatically, though, the device
special files aren't created with the correct major/minor number pairs
yet.
More work to come soon.
|
| 1.9 | 08-Sep-2020 |
martin | Rename MOUNTCRITLOCAL to CRITLOCALMOUNTED to avoid a name collision
on case insensitive file systems
|
| 1.8 | 22-Jul-2020 |
martin | Split the local disk availability step into two phases to allow scripts
that pre-populate parts of the system (e.g. a tmpfs based /var) an
easy place to plug in like:
# REQUIRE: mountcritlocal
# BEFORE: MOUNTCRITLOCAL
This also cleans up the existing special handling a bit by separating it
into new scripts. All later scripts now depend on MOUNTCRITLOCAL.
Discussed on tech-userlevel some time ago.
|
| 1.7 | 29-Jun-2018 |
roy | Remove dhclient from the base system.
Discussed here:
https://mail-index.netbsd.org/tech-userlevel/2018/06/21/msg011233.html
|
| 1.6 | 22-Jan-2015 |
jmcneill | branches: 1.6.14; 1.6.16;
It doesn't make sense to start wpa_supplicant from an rc.d script without
the -B flag, so always prepend it to $rc_flags.
|
| 1.5 | 23-Jan-2014 |
spz | branches: 1.5.4;
- make etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant create directory /var/run/wpa_supplicant
on startup
- create share/examples/wpa_supplicant/wpa_supplicant.conf and make it
known in the relevant places. Improvements welcome, my point was
ctrl_interface and "you seriously want this"
|
| 1.4 | 01-Feb-2013 |
tron | Make custom "reload" target work. Before this fix it would have tried
to send a HUP signal to "wpa_supplicant" instead.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Sep-2009 |
apb | branches: 1.3.6; 1.3.8; 1.3.12;
Document the fact that wpa_supplicant won't start properly unless
/usr is mounted by mountcritlocal.
|
| 1.2 | 17-Nov-2008 |
abs | Add a 'reload' option - from Peter Bex
|
| 1.1 | 07-Oct-2006 |
rpaulo | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.18; 1.1.26;
PR 34692: wpa_supplicant script.
By Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.1.26.2 | 09-Jun-2013 |
msaitoh | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #1849):
etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant: revision 1.4
Make custom "reload" target work. Before this fix it would have tried
to send a HUP signal to "wpa_supplicant" instead.
|
| 1.1.26.1 | 18-Nov-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by abs in ticket #69):
etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant: revision 1.2
Add a 'reload' option - from Peter Bex
|
| 1.1.18.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 18-Nov-2008 |
bouyer | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by abs in ticket #1236):
etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant: revision 1.2
Add a 'reload' option - from Peter Bex
|
| 1.3.12.2 | 19-Aug-2014 |
tls | Rebase to HEAD as of a few days ago.
|
| 1.3.12.1 | 25-Feb-2013 |
tls | resync with head
|
| 1.3.8.1 | 10-Feb-2013 |
riz | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by tron in ticket #805):
etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant: revision 1.4
Make custom "reload" target work. Before this fix it would have tried
to send a HUP signal to "wpa_supplicant" instead.
|
| 1.3.6.1 | 22-May-2014 |
yamt | sync with head.
for a reference, the tree before this commit was tagged
as yamt-pagecache-tag8.
this commit was splitted into small chunks to avoid
a limitation of cvs. ("Protocol error: too many arguments")
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 23-Jan-2015 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #443):
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.129
etc/rc.d/wpa_supplicant: revision 1.6
It doesn't make sense to start wpa_supplicant from an rc.d script without
the -B flag, so always prepend it to $rc_flags.
|
| 1.6.16.1 | 10-Jun-2019 |
christos | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.6.14.1 | 28-Jul-2018 |
pgoyette | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.14 | 08-Apr-2025 |
pgoyette | Enable setting of font variable on console and constty
PR bin/59232
|
| 1.13 | 09-Aug-2011 |
mbalmer | branches: 1.13.56;
Print 'Keyboard encoding -> sg' instead of just 'encoding -> sg' on the
console.
|
| 1.12 | 02-Apr-2007 |
mishka | Provide yet more functionality to wscons.conf's "setvar" (see
examples in the wscons.conf). Now, you have to specify wscons
control device and put variable name and parameter on separate
fields.
NB: changes ARE NOT backward compatible and config file must be
checked (but default config doesn't utilizing setvar).
|
| 1.11 | 13-Dec-2005 |
peter | Add an extra argument to "setvar" to indicate whether a keyboard,
display or mouse variable should be changed. This is backwards compatible
with the old setvar style: if the argument is not specified, it defaults
to `keyboard'.
|
| 1.10 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.9 | 26-Apr-2002 |
lukem | - Improve wscons.conf(5)
- Add support for "setvar", which allows setting of arbitrary wsconsctl(8)
variables. Per email on tech-userlevel from Julio Merino <jmmv@hispabsd.org>
|
| 1.8 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.7 | 02-May-2001 |
drochner | Add support for selection of a kernel builtin keymap and/or a userspace
keymap file to wscons.conf.
Follows PR misc/12760 by Stephen Borrill, but uses the external keymap
file instead of individual key entries in wscons.conf. This saves a lot
of editing work if the map has to be switched.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 21-Aug-2000 |
lukem | migrate rc.wscons to (already existing) rc.d/wscons
|
| 1.4 | 26-Jul-2000 |
lukem | * add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
Notes:
* dhclient (and others) needs /var to be a $critical_filesystem_beforenet
* dhclient now starts before syslogd (because the latter needs /usr, and
/usr might need dhclient to be mounted)
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 11-Mar-2000 |
veego | Don't start rc.wscons with an start/stop argument. Disable stop and add an
checkyesno check.
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.4 | 02-May-2001 |
he | Pull up revision 1.7 (requested by drochner):
Allow to select/modify keyboard map from /etc/wscons.conf.
Fixes PR#12760.
|
| 1.3.4.3 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 24-Aug-2000 |
tron | Finish incomplete pullup (approved by fvdl):
pull up rev 1.5:
move guts of etc/rc.wscons -> etc/rc.d/wscons
approved: thorpej
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.13.56.1 | 02-Aug-2025 |
perseant | Sync with HEAD
|
| 1.3 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.2 | 04-Mar-2003 |
jmmv | Use the pidfile created by wsmoused.
|
| 1.1 | 27-Jun-2002 |
christos | Add wsmoused
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-2008 |
cube | - Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.26; 1.8.34;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 17-May-2004 |
lukem | Update the paths to the required_files configuration files for the
move from /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/<app> -> /etc/X11/<app>.
Resolves PR [misc/25613] from Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.6 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 17-Jul-2000 |
lukem | add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' so that these scripts get run at shutdown time.
now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be run by /etc/rc.shutdown,
which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust.
|
| 1.4 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.4.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.3 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.4.4.2 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.6 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.4.4.1 | 09-Aug-2000 |
lukem | pull up the following
approved by: thorpej
etc/rc.d/DAEMON 1.3
etc/rc.d/LOGIN 1.3
etc/rc.d/NETWORK 1.1
etc/rc.d/SERVERS 1.2
etc/rc.d/cron 1.4
etc/rc.d/dhclient 1.6
etc/rc.d/dmesg 1.4
etc/rc.d/inetd 1.5
etc/rc.d/lkm1 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm2 1.3
etc/rc.d/lkm3 1.4
etc/rc.d/motd 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountcritlocal 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/mountcritremote 1.3
etc/rc.d/mountd 1.7
etc/rc.d/network 1.12 1.14
etc/rc.d/ntpdate 1.4
etc/rc.d/ppp 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/pwcheck 1.3
etc/rc.d/rpcbind 1.4
etc/rc.d/sshd 1.3-1.5
etc/rc.d/swap1 1.5
etc/rc.d/swap2 1.4
etc/rc.d/sysdb 1.3-1.4
etc/rc.d/syslogd 1.5-1.6
etc/rc.d/systemfs REMOVE
etc/rc.d/virecover 1.3
etc/rc.d/wscons 1.4
etc/rc.d/xdm 1.5
summary:
* reword descriptions
* add '# KEYWORD: shutdown' to some of these scripts so that only they get run
at shutdown time. now, only scripts with the keyword `shutdown' will be
run by /etc/rc.shutdown, which speeds up shutdown and makes it more robust
* add new dummy dependancy `NETWORK' to be REQUIREd by services which need
networking to be operational before starting, and use as appropriate.
NETWORK depends upon network and dhclient.
* move the guts of systemfs into mountcritlocal
* replace the dependancy on systemfs with mountcritremote, and remove the
former.
* SERVERS now also depends upon ppp
* move recreating /var/run/utmp from mountcritlocal (where /var/run is
purged but /usr/bin/install is not available) to sysdb.
problem noted by Matthias Drochner.
* share the same load_rc_config between the lkm* scripts
* network: Don't warn that $hostname isn't set if the hostname is already set.
* network: reenable stop_cmd now that network doesn't get run at shutdown
* add sshd startup script
* use "load_rc_config swap" for swap1 and swap2
* syslog requires databases from sysdb which creates /var/run/utmp.
Should fix PRs:
[install/9853] [bin/10002] [misc/10349] [port-i386/10633] [misc/10641]
|
| 1.8.34.1 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by cube in ticket #168):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/xdm: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs.in: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/xdm.in: revision 1.1
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
cube | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
mjf | file xdm.in was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2009-01-17 20:43:44 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by cube in ticket #168):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/xdm: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs.in: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/xdm.in: revision 1.1
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
snj | file xdm.in was added on branch netbsd-5 on 2008-12-06 22:03:15 +0000
|
| 1.9 | 05-Dec-2008 |
cube | - Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.8 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | branches: 1.8.26; 1.8.34;
Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.7 | 17-May-2004 |
lukem | Update the paths to the required_files configuration files for the
move from /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/<app> -> /etc/X11/<app>.
Resolves PR [misc/25613] from Jukka Salmi.
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Nov-2000 |
jdolecek | make this REQUIRE also cleartmp, so that it's started after /tmp
is cleared, otherwise the xfs's socket might get removed
This fixes misc/10310 by Alasdair Baird
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 30-Apr-2000 |
lukem | use extra_commands= instead of using 2nd argument to run_rc_command
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.2 | 10-Nov-2000 |
tv | Pullup 1.5 [jdolecek]:
make this REQUIRE also cleartmp, so that it's started after /tmp
is cleared, otherwise the xfs's socket might get removed
This fixes misc/10310 by Alasdair Baird
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.8.34.1 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by cube in ticket #168):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/xdm: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs.in: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/xdm.in: revision 1.1
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.8.26.1 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
cube | branches: 1.1.2; 1.1.4;
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.1.4.2 | 17-Jan-2009 |
mjf | Sync with HEAD.
|
| 1.1.4.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
mjf | file xfs.in was added on branch mjf-devfs2 on 2009-01-17 20:43:44 +0000
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 06-Dec-2008 |
snj | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by cube in ticket #168):
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.70
etc/rc.d/xdm: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs: file removal
etc/rc.d/xfs.in: revision 1.1
etc/rc.d/xdm.in: revision 1.1
- Generate xdm and xfs depending on the value of X11FLAVOUR
- Only generate and install them for MKX11 builds
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 05-Dec-2008 |
snj | file xfs.in was added on branch netbsd-5 on 2008-12-06 22:03:15 +0000
|
| 1.3 | 02-May-2000 |
simonb | Out with the old, in with the new.
|
| 1.2 | 13-Mar-2000 |
lukem | * replace daemon, login, servers with DAEMON, LOGIN, SERVERS
* remove sshd (it was from my private system)
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.7 | 11-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Explicitly REQUIRE: rpcbind since these services directly use RPC...
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.4 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.4;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Mar-2000 |
lukem | fix check for domainname since it can come from /etc/defaultdomain as well as $domainname
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.4.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.4 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.10 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.9 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.8 | 11-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Explicitly REQUIRE: rpcbind since these services directly use RPC...
|
| 1.7 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.6 | 22-Mar-2002 |
thorpej | branches: 1.6.6;
Correct the "direction" of the barrier dependencies (DAEMON, LOGIN,
NETWORKING, and SERVERS) by specifying that certain things should
come BEFORE a given barrier, rather than having the barrier REQUIRE
a service. This allows scripts to be removed without having to
edit the barrier dependencies.
As discussed on tech-userlevel, and approved by Luke.
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | - only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.4.2;
* Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Mar-2000 |
lukem | fix check for domainname since it can come from /etc/defaultdomain as well as $domainname
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.6.6.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.10 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.9 | 01-Apr-2005 |
lukem | ypserv(8) doesn't need the domainname(1) set -- it will serve any maps
present under /var/yp/<somedomain>/<map> -- so don't require it.
Thanks to Chuck Cranor for the suggestion.
|
| 1.8 | 12-Oct-2004 |
lukem | Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20768 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.7 | 11-Oct-2004 |
christos | Use new style command substitution.
|
| 1.6 | 13-Aug-2004 |
mycroft | Add an _rc_subr_loaded variable, set to ":" by rc.subr. Scripts can use this
for a speedup by doing:
$_rc_subr_loaded . /etc/rc.subr
|
| 1.5 | 19-Sep-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.5.6;
- only perform the checkyesno on the variable named in $rcvar (rather than
implicitly using $name if $rcvar isn't set), and always perform this check,
even when using start_cmd (et al).
this check is performed before the pidcmd
is run, speeding up scripts that weren't going to be run anyway.
this should speed up booting slow systems.
- take advantage of the above and remove
start_precmd="checkyesno foo"
in scripts that use start_cmd.
- explicitly set rcvar=foo in the rc.d/foo scripts which have an equivalent
rc.conf entry
- fix `rcvar' and `restart' when $rcvar isn't set.
these above changes fix PR [bin/11027].
- when doing `force*', ignore the return value of *_precmd.
this fixes PR [bin/10781].
- rename what sysdb provides from `databases' to `sysdb', to reflect
the name of the script.
- improve the comments in rc.subr
|
| 1.4 | 02-Jun-2000 |
fvdl | branches: 1.4.2;
* Portmap is now called rpcbind.
* Add IPv6 RPC entries to inetd.conf (commented out by default, as the others)
* Add netconfig file, needed for TI-RPC code.
|
| 1.3 | 13-May-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.3.2;
Use load_rc_config() (from rc.subr) instead of sourcing /etc/rc.conf.
This allows us or a user to change the configuration file method in
one place - rc.subr - without having to edit all of the rc.d/* files.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Mar-2000 |
lukem | fix check for domainname since it can come from /etc/defaultdomain as well as $domainname
|
| 1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | branches: 1.1.1;
Initial revision
|
| 1.1.1.1 | 10-Mar-2000 |
lukem | rc.d scripts derived from /etc/rc
|
| 1.3.2.1 | 23-Jun-2000 |
minoura | Sync w/ netbsd-1-5-base.
|
| 1.4.2.1 | 02-Oct-2000 |
lukem | pull up rev 1.5 (approved by thorpej):
- always use $rcvar to determine the name of the var to checkyesno
- fix force*
|
| 1.5.6.1 | 09-May-2005 |
riz | Pull up revision 1.8 (requested by lukem in ticket #1269):
Use 'load_rc_config_var CMD VAR' to set VAR for "foreign" rc.conf(5)
variables that may be set in /etc/rc.conf.d/CMD instead of /etc/rc.conf.
Fixes PR 20786 from Pavel Cahyna.
|
| 1.2 | 16-Jan-2003 |
martti | Back out previous (as discussed with releng). The correct way to set this is:
# echo "myserver" > /var/yp/binding/`domainname`.ypservers
|
| 1.1 | 16-Jan-2003 |
martti | Script to bind a NIS client to a known server.
$ grep yp /etc/rc.conf
ypbind=YES
ypbind_flags="-ypset"
ypset=YES
ypset_flags="myserver"
|
| 1.6 | 03-Aug-2021 |
mlelstv | Reverse devpubd dependeny to avoid dangling reference to zfs which is
an optional part of the build.
|
| 1.5 | 09-Dec-2019 |
sevan | branches: 1.5.4;
This script just makes sure that the ZFS module loads and unloads, mountall
script takes care of mounting filesystems.
Don't try to unmount all file systems before unloading the ZFS module, leave
that to the operator in preperation or the mountall script to take care
of. Module will of course fail to unload then if file systems are still
mounted.
|
| 1.4 | 08-Dec-2019 |
sevan | We don't need to require the presence of /etc/zfs/zpool.cache to unmount &
unload the module, just like for the start target.
|
| 1.3 | 04-Dec-2019 |
jmcneill | Add missing rcvar=$name
|
| 1.2 | 01-Dec-2019 |
jmcneill | Attempt to load the zfs module even if /etc/zfs/zpool.cache is absent. The
module needs to be loaded to create a pool in the first place, and
autoloading won't work after the fact won't work at securelevel=1.
|
| 1.1 | 15-Sep-2019 |
brad | branches: 1.1.2;
Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
|
| 1.1.2.4 | 11-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by sevan in ticket #539):
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.4
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.5
We don't need to require the presence of /etc/zfs/zpool.cache to unmount &
unload the module, just like for the start target.
This script just makes sure that the ZFS module loads and unloads, mountall
script takes care of mounting filesystems.
Don't try to unmount all file systems before unloading the ZFS module, leave
that to the operator in preperation or the mountall script to take care
of. Module will of course fail to unload then if file systems are still
mounted.
|
| 1.1.2.3 | 08-Dec-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by jmcneill in ticket #516):
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.2
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.3
Attempt to load the zfs module even if /etc/zfs/zpool.cache is absent. The
module needs to be loaded to create a pool in the first place, and
autoloading won't work after the fact won't work at securelevel=1.
Add missing rcvar=$name
|
| 1.1.2.2 | 27-Sep-2019 |
martin | Pull up following revision(s) (requested by brad in ticket #250):
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.2
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.3
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.4
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.5
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1652
distrib/sets/lists/man/mi: revision 1.1653
distrib/sets/lists/etc/mi: revision 1.259
etc/rc.d/mountall: revision 1.11
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/Makefile: revision 1.5
external/cddl/osnet/dist/cmd/zfs/zfs_main.c: revision 1.7
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.105
distrib/sets/lists/base/mi: revision 1.1217
etc/rc.d/Makefile: revision 1.106
etc/rc.d/zfs: revision 1.1
etc/defaults/rc.conf: revision 1.152
external/cddl/osnet/sbin/zfs/mount_zfs.8: revision 1.1
Add support for legacy ZFS filesystems, specified by mountpoint=legacy
in the ZFS properties of the dataset and a simple man page for
mount_zfs. With this, it is possible to put ZFS filesystems in
/etc/fstab as file system type zfs.
Add a rc.d script that kicks the module ZFS load mostly before
mountall runs simular to what LVM does. This allows for any legacy
mounts to be specified in critical_local_filesystems and allows for
ZFS pools on top of cgd (probably among other things). Introduce a
rc.conf variable called zfs which needs to be set to YES, in the usual
manor of things, to get zvols and ZFS dataset support rather then just
assume that 'zfs mount' does that in mountall. Fix a problem in
mountall if ZFS is not compiled into the system.
mount_zfs.8: add xref to fstab(5)
Use more markup.
Include mount_zfs man pages only for MKZFS builds.
Moved zfs out of MKX11 block.
Fix build failure without X11.
Add a copyright to the man page and a bit of history.
Use Pa macro for path
new sentence, new line
|
| 1.1.2.1 | 15-Sep-2019 |
martin | file zfs was added on branch netbsd-9 on 2019-09-27 09:18:37 +0000
|
| 1.5.4.2 | 13-Apr-2020 |
martin | Mostly merge changes from HEAD upto 20200411
|
| 1.5.4.1 | 09-Dec-2019 |
martin | file zfs was added on branch phil-wifi on 2020-04-13 07:45:46 +0000
|
